WO2024032685A1 - 便携式调温装置 - Google Patents

便携式调温装置 Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024032685A1
WO2024032685A1 PCT/CN2023/112110 CN2023112110W WO2024032685A1 WO 2024032685 A1 WO2024032685 A1 WO 2024032685A1 CN 2023112110 W CN2023112110 W CN 2023112110W WO 2024032685 A1 WO2024032685 A1 WO 2024032685A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
fan
main body
air
heat
temperature control
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/112110
Other languages
English (en)
French (fr)
Inventor
李伟平
杨广
刘凯
李燕辉
李乐超
宋国伟
甄锦雅
王永炯
陈军炜
赖友
杨勇升
Original Assignee
深圳市蓝禾技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from CN202222135020.2U external-priority patent/CN218030749U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222148501.7U external-priority patent/CN218269378U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222217831.7U external-priority patent/CN218269381U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202222986166.8U external-priority patent/CN218817096U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202223238970.4U external-priority patent/CN219012919U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202223238968.7U external-priority patent/CN218993561U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202223239202.0U external-priority patent/CN219432077U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202223287219.3U external-priority patent/CN219012969U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202223426607.5U external-priority patent/CN219120802U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202320180946.5U external-priority patent/CN219628191U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202320543047.7U external-priority patent/CN219433401U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202320779420.9U external-priority patent/CN220757540U/zh
Priority claimed from CN202320761221.5U external-priority patent/CN219865519U/zh
Application filed by 深圳市蓝禾技术有限公司 filed Critical 深圳市蓝禾技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024032685A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024032685A1/zh

Links

Classifications

    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F04—POSITIVE - DISPLACEMENT MACHINES FOR LIQUIDS; PUMPS FOR LIQUIDS OR ELASTIC FLUIDS
    • F04D—NON-POSITIVE-DISPLACEMENT PUMPS
    • F04D25/00—Pumping installations or systems
    • F04D25/02—Units comprising pumps and their driving means
    • F04D25/08—Units comprising pumps and their driving means the working fluid being air, e.g. for ventilation
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F5/00—Air-conditioning systems or apparatus not covered by F24F1/00 or F24F3/00, e.g. using solar heat or combined with household units such as an oven or water heater
    • F—MECHANICAL ENGINEERING; LIGHTING; HEATING; WEAPONS; BLASTING
    • F24—HEATING; RANGES; VENTILATING
    • F24F—AIR-CONDITIONING; AIR-HUMIDIFICATION; VENTILATION; USE OF AIR CURRENTS FOR SCREENING
    • F24F2130/00—Control inputs relating to environmental factors not covered by group F24F2110/00
    • F24F2130/20—Sunlight

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the technical field of temperature regulation, and in particular to a portable temperature regulation device.
  • the technical problem to be solved by this application is to provide an improved portable temperature control device in view of the above-mentioned defects in the related art, as follows.
  • the technical solutions used by this application to solve the technical problems include: providing a portable temperature control device that defines a wearing space.
  • the portable temperature control device includes a main body, a protruding portion provided on the main body, and at least The heat conducting member is partially provided on the protruding part, the main body part includes a first side, the protruding part is provided on the first side and extends and protrudes in a direction away from the first side.
  • the heat-conducting member includes a first portion provided on a side of the protruding portion facing the wearing space, and the first portion extends to a side of the protruding portion away from the main body portion.
  • the heat conducting member includes a second part provided on the side of the main body facing the wearing space, and the first part and the second part are separate.
  • the heat conducting member includes a second part provided on the side of the main body facing the wearing space, and the first part and the second part are integrated.
  • a back air outlet is provided on the side of the protruding portion away from the main body, and the first part is arranged away from the back air outlet or the first part is provided with a back air outlet corresponding to the back air outlet. of through holes.
  • the body portion includes a second side opposite the first side, and the second portion extends to the second side.
  • the main body portion includes a base portion and arm portions respectively provided at both ends of the base portion.
  • the base portion and the two arm portions jointly define the neck wearing space
  • the heat conductive member includes a base portion provided on the arms.
  • the third part faces the side of the wearing space, and the second part and the third part are separate or integrated.
  • the main body portion includes a second side opposite to the first side
  • the arm portion includes a third side and a fourth side
  • the third side is on the same side as the first side
  • the The fourth side is on the same side as the second side
  • the third portion extends to the third side and/or the fourth side.
  • the outer contour of the protruding portion away from the main body portion is an arc-shaped structure, and the arc-shaped structure has an incline inclined from a side away from the wearing space to a side close to the wearing space.
  • the portable temperature control device includes a temperature control member provided on the main body or the protruding portion and used for cooling and/or heating, and the temperature conductive member is in thermal conductive contact with the temperature control member, conduct the temperature of the temperature regulating member.
  • the portable temperature control device includes a fan provided in the main body part or the protruding part and a heat sink provided in the main body part or the protruding part, the heat dissipation part being in contact with the The temperature-regulating component is in thermal conductive contact.
  • a heat dissipation port is provided on the side of the main body or the protruding portion away from the wearing space. The wind from the fan is blown out from the heat dissipation port through the heat dissipation component.
  • the portable temperature control device provided by the present application defines a wearing space.
  • the portable temperature control device includes a main body and a protruding portion provided on the main body. and a heat conductive member at least partially provided on the protruding portion, the main body portion includes a first side, the protruding portion is provided on the first side and extends in a direction away from the first side. .
  • the portable temperature control device can extend toward the collar covering the human body's back through the protruding portion, or even extend into the collar, and contact the human body's back through the temperature conductor provided on the protruding portion, so that The temperature-conducting piece conducts cold or heat to the back of the human body, so that the back area covered by the collar can also achieve temperature adjustment, meeting the needs of adjusting the cold compress cooling or hot compress massage on the human back, and improving the user experience.
  • FIG. 1 is a perspective view of a portable temperature control device according to the first embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 2 is a perspective view of the portable temperature control device of FIG. 1 from another angle.
  • Figure 3 is a partial enlarged view of part A in Figure 2.
  • Fig. 4 is a schematic diagram of the internal structure of the portable temperature control device of Fig. 1 (the main body, the protruding portion and part of the outer wall of the arm are omitted).
  • FIG. 5 is an exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device of FIG. 1 (omitting the main body part, the protruding part and part of the outer wall of the arm part).
  • FIG. 6 is an exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device of FIG. 1 .
  • FIG. 7 is a perspective view of the portable temperature control device according to the second embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 8 is a perspective view of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 7 from another angle.
  • Figure 9 is a partial enlarged view of part B in Figure 8.
  • FIG. 10 is a perspective view of the portable temperature control device of FIG. 8 .
  • FIG. 11 is a perspective view of the portable temperature control device of FIG. 8 .
  • FIG. 12 is a perspective cross-sectional view of the portable temperature control device of FIG. 8 .
  • Figure 13 is a perspective view of the portable temperature control device of the present application in the third embodiment.
  • FIG. 14 is a first exploded view of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 13 .
  • FIG. 15 is a second exploded view of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 13 .
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic diagram of the first air guide member of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 13 .
  • FIG. 17 is a second exploded view of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 13 .
  • FIG. 18 is a schematic diagram of the heat sink of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 13 .
  • Figure 19 is a perspective view of the middle part of the portable temperature control device of the present application in the fourth embodiment.
  • FIG. 20 is an exploded view of the middle portion of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 19 .
  • Figure 21 is a schematic structural diagram of a portable temperature regulating device provided by the fifth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 22 is a schematic structural diagram of the portable temperature regulating device shown in FIG. 21 from another angle.
  • Figure 23 is an exploded view of the portable temperature control device provided by the fifth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic structural diagram of the portable temperature control device shown in FIG. 23 with the outer casing removed.
  • Figure 25 is a schematic structural diagram of Figure 24 from another angle.
  • Figure 26 is an exploded view of Figure 24.
  • Figure 27 is a schematic structural diagram of Figure 26 from another angle.
  • Figure 28 is a schematic structural diagram of a flow guide provided by the fifth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 29 is a schematic structural diagram of a portable temperature regulating device provided by the sixth embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 30 is a schematic structural diagram of the arm portion of the portable temperature regulating device shown in Fig. 29.
  • FIG. 31 is an exploded structural diagram of the arm shown in FIG. 30 .
  • FIG. 32 is a further exploded structural diagram of FIG. 31 .
  • FIG. 33 is an exploded structural diagram of one side of the inner shell in FIG. 32 .
  • Figure 34 is a schematic structural diagram of the cover in the sixth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 35 is a schematic diagram of the astigmatism sheet in the sixth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 36 is a schematic structural diagram of the base of the portable temperature control device shown in FIG. 29 .
  • FIG. 37 is an exploded structural diagram of the base shown in FIG. 36 .
  • FIG. 38 is an exploded structural diagram of the base shown in FIG. 36 from another angle.
  • Fig. 39 is an exploded structural diagram of one side of the inner shell in Fig. 38.
  • FIG. 40 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the outer shell and the inner shell of the base shown in FIG. 36 disassembled.
  • Figure 41 is a partially enlarged schematic diagram of area C in Figure 40.
  • Figure 42 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the outer shell and the inner shell of the base shown in Figure 40 after they are assembled.
  • FIG. 43 is a schematic structural diagram of the outer shell of the base shown in FIG. 36 .
  • Figure 44 is a schematic three-dimensional view of a portable temperature control device according to the seventh embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 45 is an exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device in Figure 44.
  • Figure 46 is another exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device in Figure 44.
  • Figure 47 is another exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device in Figure 44.
  • Figure 48 is another exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device in Figure 44.
  • Figure 49 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a portable temperature regulating device provided in the eighth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 50 is a first exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device shown in FIG. 49 .
  • FIG. 51 is a second exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device shown in FIG. 49 .
  • Fig. 52 is a schematic structural diagram of the first inner seat shown in Fig. 51.
  • FIG. 53 is a third exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device shown in FIG. 49 .
  • Fig. 54 is a schematic structural diagram of the first inner seat shown in Fig. 53.
  • Figure 55 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a small centrifugal impeller provided in the ninth embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 56 is another three-dimensional structural schematic diagram of the small centrifugal impeller shown in Fig. 55.
  • Fig. 57 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the small centrifugal impeller shown in Fig. 55.
  • Fig. 58 is a schematic diagram of the projection effect of the first reinforcing rib and the second reinforcing rib in Fig. 57 on a projection plane perpendicular to the first direction.
  • Figure 59 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a portable temperature regulating device provided by the tenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 60 is a schematic cross-sectional structural view of the portable temperature regulating device shown in Fig. 59.
  • Figure 61 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a small centrifugal impeller shown in Figure 59.
  • Figure 62 is a schematic structural diagram of the small centrifugal impeller shown in Figure 61 from another perspective.
  • Figure 63 is a schematic diagram of the relative positional relationship between the small centrifugal impeller and the casing shown in Figure 61.
  • FIG. 64 is a schematic diagram showing the relationship between the dimensions of the small centrifugal impeller and the air inlet shown in FIG. 61 in another embodiment.
  • Figure 65 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of a small centrifugal impeller provided in the eleventh embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 66 is a schematic three-dimensional structural diagram of the small centrifugal impeller shown in Figure 65 from another perspective.
  • Figure 67 is a top view of the small centrifugal impeller shown in Figure 65.
  • Figure 68 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the small centrifugal impeller shown in Figure 67 along line I-I.
  • Figure 69 is a bottom view of the small centrifugal impeller shown in Figure 65.
  • Figure 70 is a side view of the small centrifugal impeller shown in Figure 65.
  • Figure 71 is an exploded schematic diagram of the three-dimensional structure of a centrifugal fan provided in the twelfth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 72 is a schematic structural diagram of a fan speed regulating circuit provided by the thirteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 73 is a schematic structural diagram of a specific embodiment of the fan speed regulating circuit shown in Figure 72.
  • Figure 74 is a schematic diagram of the specific structure of the power module in the fan speed regulating circuit provided by the thirteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 75 is a schematic diagram of the specific structure of the pulse width modulation chip in the fan speed regulating circuit provided by the thirteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 76 is a schematic structural diagram of the voltage stabilizing unit in the fan speed regulating circuit provided by the thirteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 77 is a schematic structural diagram of the switch unit in the fan speed regulating circuit provided by the thirteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 78 is a schematic structural diagram of the motor protection unit in the fan speed regulating circuit provided by the thirteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 79 is a schematic structural diagram of a fan assembly provided by the fourteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 80 is a schematic exploded view of the fan assembly provided by the fourteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 81 is a schematic structural diagram of the stator in Figure 80.
  • Figure 82 is a schematic structural diagram of the motor bracket in Figure 81.
  • Figure 83 is a schematic diagram of the force directions of the two pairs of windings in Figure 80.
  • Figure 84 is a schematic structural diagram of the circuit board in Figure 80.
  • Figure 85 is a schematic exploded view of another fan assembly provided by the fifteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 86 is a schematic structural diagram of the stator in Figure 85.
  • Figure 87 is a schematic structural diagram of the motor bracket in Figure 86.
  • Figure 88 is a schematic structural diagram of a portable temperature regulating device provided in the sixteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Fig. 89 is an exploded structural diagram of the portable temperature regulating device of Fig. 88.
  • Figure 90 is a schematic exploded structural diagram of a semiconductor refrigerator provided in the seventeenth embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 91 is a schematic structural diagram of the semiconductor refrigerator shown in FIG. 90 after removing the first substrate, the second substrate and the package.
  • Figure 92 is a schematic cross-sectional structural diagram of the semiconductor refrigerator shown in Figure 90.
  • Figure 93 is a schematic structural diagram of a portable temperature regulating device provided in the eighteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 94 is a schematic cross-sectional structural view of the portable temperature regulating device shown in Figure 93.
  • Fig. 95 is an exploded structural diagram of the portable temperature regulating device shown in Fig. 93.
  • FIG. 96 is a schematic diagram of the dimensional relationship between the temperature-conducting member and the semiconductor refrigerator shown in FIG. 95 .
  • Figure 97 is a schematic structural diagram of a portable temperature regulating device provided by the nineteenth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 98 is a partially exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device shown in Figure 97;
  • Figure 99 is a schematic cross-sectional view of the portable temperature control device shown in Figure 97;
  • Figure 100 is a schematic diagram of the portable temperature control device shown in Figure 97 without the fixing piece installed;
  • Figure 101 is a partially exploded schematic view of an arm, a temperature control unit and a control assembly shown in Figure 100;
  • Figure 102 is a schematic structural diagram of the portable temperature control device provided by the twentieth embodiment of the present application when the fixing piece is not installed.
  • Figure 103 is a schematic structural diagram of a portable temperature regulating device according to the twenty-first embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG. 104 is a first exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 103 .
  • FIG. 105 is a second exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 103 .
  • FIG. 106 is a third exploded schematic view of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 103 .
  • Figure 107 is an exploded schematic diagram of the portable temperature control device according to the twenty-second embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 108 is another exploded schematic diagram of the portable temperature control device according to the twenty-second embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 109 is a schematic structural diagram of a portable temperature regulating device provided by the twenty-third embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 110 is an exploded schematic diagram of the structure of the portable temperature control device in Figure 109.
  • FIG. 111 is an exploded schematic diagram of a partial structure of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 109 .
  • FIG. 112 is an exploded schematic view of part of the structure of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 111 from another angle.
  • Figure 113 is a schematic structural diagram of the portable temperature regulating device in Figure 109 from another angle.
  • FIG. 114 is a cross-sectional view of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 113 .
  • Figure 115 is a schematic structural diagram of a portable temperature regulating device provided by the twenty-fourth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 116 is a schematic structural diagram of the portable temperature control device in Figure 115 from another angle.
  • FIG. 117 is an exploded schematic diagram of a partial structure of the portable temperature regulating device in FIG. 115 .
  • FIG. 118 is a further exploded schematic diagram of a partial structure of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 117 .
  • FIG. 119 is an exploded schematic view of part of the structure of the portable temperature control device in FIG. 118 from another angle.
  • Figure 120 is a cross-sectional view of the portable temperature control device in Figure 115 from another angle.
  • Figure 121 is a schematic structural diagram of a portable temperature regulating device provided by the twenty-fifth embodiment of the present application.
  • Figure 122 is an exploded schematic diagram of the structure of the portable temperature regulating device in Figure 121.
  • Fig. 123 is a partially exploded schematic diagram of the portable temperature control device in Fig. 122.
  • Figure 124 is an exploded schematic diagram of the structure of the portable temperature control device in Figure 121 from another angle.
  • Figure 125 is a cross-sectional view of the portable temperature control device in Figure 121 from another angle.
  • the portable temperature control device in the first embodiment of the present application defines a wearing space 10.
  • the portable temperature control device includes a main body 11, a protruding portion 12 provided on the main body 11 and at least The heat conductor 2 is partially provided on the protruding portion 12 for contact with the human body.
  • the main body portion 11 includes a first side 111 .
  • the protruding portion 12 is provided on the first side 111 and extends in a direction away from the first side 111 . out.
  • the portable temperature control device is a hanging neck type temperature control device.
  • the main body 11 is a U-shaped structure with a free end or a closed circular structure without a free end.
  • the main body 11 can independently define a wearing space 10.
  • the portion 11 can also define a wearing space 10 together with the protruding portion 12, and the wearing space 10 can allow parts of the human body to be worn, such as the human neck.
  • the thermal conductive member 2 is disposed on the surface of the protruding portion 12 and faces the wearing space 10 .
  • the thermal conductive member 2 is preferably made of a material with high heat conduction efficiency, such as aluminum or other metal materials.
  • the first side 111 of the main body 11 is in contact with the human body's shoulder.
  • the protruding portion 12 is provided on the first side 111 and faces away from the The direction of one side 111 extends and protrudes. At this time, the protruding portion 12 can extend into the collar, and the temperature-conducting member 2 will come into contact with the back area of the human body.
  • the portable temperature control device can extend toward the collar covering the human body's back through the protruding portion 12, or even extend into the collar, and contact the human body's back through the temperature conductor 2 provided on the protruding portion 12, so that the conductive temperature control device can
  • the heating element 2 conducts cold or heat to the back of the human body, so that the back area covered by the collar can also achieve temperature adjustment, meeting the needs of adjusting the cold compress cooling or hot compress massage on the human body's back, and improving the user experience.
  • the heat conductive member 2 includes a first part 21 provided on the side surface of the protruding part 12 facing the wearing space 10 .
  • the first part 21 extends to the side of the protruding part 12 away from the main body part 11 , so that the protruding part 12 is away from the main body part 11 It can also conduct temperature when one side is in contact with the human body.
  • a back air outlet 122 is provided on the side of the protruding portion 12 away from the main body 11 .
  • the first part 21 is arranged away from the back air outlet 122 or is provided with a through hole corresponding to the back air outlet 122 .
  • a back air outlet can also be provided on the side of the protruding portion 12 away from the main body portion 11 122, and the first part 21 is arranged away from the back air outlet 122 or the first part 21 is provided with a through hole corresponding to the back air outlet 122.
  • the first part 21 and the back air outlet 122 work independently, and the first part 21 does not block the back air outlet.
  • the air outlet 122 does not interfere with each other. Through the back air outlet 122, the air can be blown toward the back of the human body to achieve a cooling effect.
  • the heat conductive member 2 includes a second part 22 provided on the side surface of the main body 11 facing the wearing space 10.
  • the first part 21 and the second part 22 are separate or integrated. Specifically, when the first part 21 and the second part 22 are separate, they are two separate parts; when the first part 21 and the second part 22 are integrated, they are one part. Therefore, the temperature can be conducted to the neck through the second part 22 of the heat conducting member 2, and at the same time, the protruding part 12 extends into the collar to conduct temperature to the back of the human body through the first part 21 of the heat conducting member 2, and the area for conducting temperature to the human body is larger. , achieving a wider range of temperature regulation.
  • the first part 21 and the second part 22 transitions gently to the second part 22. Specifically, the surface of the first part 21 and the surface of the second part 22 are flush, so that the portable temperature control device is more consistent.
  • Ergonomics when the human body's back is in contact with the first part 21, and when the human body's neck is in contact with the second part 22, the touch of the human body temperature-conducting member 2 is more comfortable.
  • the main body 11 includes a second side 112 opposite the first side 111 , and the second portion 22 extends to the second side 112 .
  • the main body part 11 includes a base part 110 and arm parts 13 respectively provided at both ends of the base part 110.
  • the base part 110 and the two arm parts 13 jointly define a wearing space 10.
  • the heat conductive member 2 includes a side surface of the arm part 13 facing the wearing space 10.
  • the second part 22 is in contact with the back of the neck of the human body.
  • the two third parts 23 are respectively Contact with the left and right sides of the human body's neck.
  • the second part 22 and the third part 23 are separate or integrated. Specifically, when the second part 22 and the third part 23 are separate, they are two separate parts; when the second part 22 and the third part 23 are integrated, they are formed into one body. of parts. Therefore, the third part 23 of the heat conduction member 2 can contact and conduct temperature to the side of the human body's neck, further making the area of the human body's temperature conduction larger and achieving a wider range of temperature regulation.
  • the base 110 includes a second side 112 opposite the first side 111
  • the arm 13 includes a third side 131 and a fourth side 132
  • the third side 131 is on the same side as the first side 111
  • the fourth side 132 is opposite to the second side 111 .
  • the third portion 23 extends to the third side 131 and/or the fourth side 132 .
  • the third part 23 is provided to extend to the third side 131 and/or the fourth side 132.
  • the contact area with the human neck can be significantly increased.
  • the third part 23 can always maintain contact with the human body's neck, thereby improving the experience of conducting temperature from the heat conducting member 2 to the human body.
  • the outer contour of the protruding portion 12 away from the main body portion 11 is an arc-shaped structure.
  • the shape of the protruding portion 12 conforms to ergonomics and has a rounded shape. Therefore, when the protruding portion 12 contacts or even collides with the human body during the wearing process, the protruding portion 12 is comfortable. It feels better and is not easy to be scratched or stung.
  • the arc-shaped structure can reduce the contact area when the user comes into contact with the side of the protruding portion 12 away from the main body portion 11 , thereby further increasing the wearing comfort.
  • the arc-shaped structure has a slope 123 that is inclined from the side away from the wearing space 10 to the side close to the wearing space 10 .
  • the function of the slope 123 can also be to prevent the end of the protrusion 12 from hitting the back of the human body when the user raises his head, thereby causing discomfort to the user. Therefore, the provision of the slope 123 makes the shape of the protrusion 12 more ergonomic and the appearance more attractive. Smooth, improves wearing comfort.
  • the portable temperature regulating device includes a temperature regulating member 4 provided on the main body 11, the arm 13 and/or the protruding part 12 and used for cooling and/or heating.
  • the temperature of the temperature regulating member 4 is transmitted.
  • the temperature regulating member 4 can be a semiconductor refrigeration piece.
  • the electricity When the electricity is energized, its opposite sides form a cold end and a hot end respectively. The direction of the current is switched. The cold end and the hot end can be switched to each other.
  • the temperature conducting member 2 conducts cold to the human body. Or hot.
  • the portable temperature control device includes a fan 3 provided in the main body 11 or the protrusion 12 and a heat sink 5 provided in the main body 11 or the protrusion 12.
  • One end of the temperature control member 4 is in thermal conductive contact with the heat dissipation member 5, and the temperature regulation is The other end of the component 4 is in thermal conductive contact with the heat-conducting component 2.
  • a heat dissipation port 14 is provided on the side of the main body 11 or the protruding part 12 away from the wearing space 10. The wind from the fan 3 undergoes heat exchange through the heat dissipation component 5 and then flows from the heat dissipation port 14 to Blow out to achieve heat dissipation.
  • the fan 3 and the temperature regulating member 4 are provided on the main body 11 .
  • the main body 11 is provided with a heat dissipation opening 14 corresponding to the position of the heat dissipation member 5 on the side away from the wearing space 10 .
  • the wind from the fan passes through the heat dissipation member 5
  • the heat is exchanged and then blown out through the heat dissipation port 14 to realize heat dissipation.
  • the heat sink 5 and the fan 3 need to cooperate to dissipate heat from the hot end of the temperature regulating member 4 .
  • a portable temperature control device is basically the same as the portable temperature control device according to the first embodiment:
  • the extension distance of the protruding portion 12 (refer to D in Figure 7 ) is greater than 15 mm, so that the first air outlet 122 on the side of the protruding portion facing away from the second side 112 can blow air toward the back of the human body. Realize the cooling adjustment needs of the human body's back and improve the user's cooling experience.
  • the extension distance of the protruding part 12 is 20mm-50mm, such as 20mm, 30mm, 40mm or 50mm. This extension distance enables the protruding part 12 to effectively extend into the collar to blow air and cool the back while not causing any problems when wearing the garment.
  • the portable temperature control device is affected by the user's activities. For example, after the user wears the portable temperature control device on the human neck through the wearing space 10, the protruding portion 12 will not prevent the user from tilting his head back.
  • the extension distance of the protrusion 12 is 30mm-40mm, such as 30mm, 33mm, 36mm or 40mm. This extension distance enables the protrusion 12 to extend into the collar more effectively to blow air and cool the back while extending the distance. It is more suitable and the user's wearing experience is more comfortable.
  • the outer contour of the protruding portion 12 facing away from the second side 112 has an arc-shaped structure.
  • the side of the protruding portion 12 facing away from the second side 112 will come into contact with the user's back, the side of the protruding portion 12 facing away from the second side 112
  • the curved structure has a more rounded shape and is ergonomically designed. On the one hand, it can make the user's touch more comfortable when contacting the side of the protruding portion 12 facing away from the second side 112, without causing scratches or stings. On the other hand, compared with the straight structure, the arc-shaped structure can reduce the contact area when the user comes into contact with the side of the protruding portion 12 facing away from the second side 112, thereby further increasing the wearing comfort. Comfort.
  • the arc-shaped structure includes a first inclined wall 121 and a second inclined wall 125.
  • the first inclined wall 121 and the second inclined wall 125 are connected and the distance between them gradually becomes smaller in the direction away from the second side.
  • one end of the first inclined wall 121 is connected to the first side 111
  • the other end of the first inclined wall 121 is connected to one end of the second inclined wall 125
  • the other end of the second inclined wall 125 is also connected to the first side 111 .
  • the first side 111 is connected.
  • the first inclined wall 121 and the second inclined wall 125 are connected, and the distance between them gradually becomes smaller in the direction away from the second side, so that the first inclined wall 121 and the second inclined wall 125 together form a "V". type structure.
  • such an arrangement can reduce the contact area when the user comes into contact with the side of the protruding portion 12 facing away from the second side 112 , thereby further increasing the wearing comfort.
  • first air outlet 122 is provided on the first inclined wall 121 and the second inclined wall 125 .
  • a first air outlet 122 is provided on both the first inclined wall 121 and the second inclined wall 125.
  • One end of the first air outlet 122 is on the first inclined wall 121, and the other end is on the first inclined wall 121.
  • the shape of the first air outlet 122 is also "V" shaped.
  • the air outlet of the first air outlet 122 can be diffused, which can increase the air outlet area of the first air outlet 122. , thereby increasing the blowing area to the human back.
  • the number of the first air outlets 122 may also be two, one of the first air outlets 122 is provided on the first inclined wall 121 , and the other first air outlet 122 is provided on the second inclined wall 125 .
  • the arc-shaped structure has an inclined surface 123.
  • the first air outlet 122 is provided with an inclined surface 123.
  • the inclined surface 123 is inclined from the side away from the wearing space 10 to the side close to the wearing space 10.
  • the first air outlet 122 is provided with an inclined surface 123. to prevent the user's back skin from blocking the first air outlet 122 when the user comes into contact with the side of the protruding portion 12 facing away from the second side 112, blocking the air outlet from the first air outlet 122, and increasing the reliability of the air outlet.
  • the function of the slope 123 can also be to prevent the end of the protrusion 12 from hitting the back of the human body when the user raises his head, thereby causing discomfort to the user. Therefore, the provision of the slope 123 makes the shape of the protrusion 12 more ergonomic and the appearance more attractive. Smooth, improves wearing comfort.
  • the first air outlet 122 is provided on the side of the slope 123 close to the wearing space 10 . Through such a position arrangement, the wind blown out by the first air outlet 122 can be conducted along the back surface of the human body, further improving the cooling effect of the present application.
  • the main body part 11 includes a base part 110 and arm parts 13 respectively provided at both ends of the base part 110.
  • the base part 110 and the two arm parts 13 jointly define the wearing space 10.
  • the base part 110 and the protrusion Part 12 is an integrally formed structure.
  • the base part 110 and the protruding part 12 can be an integrally formed structure.
  • the integrally formed structure can reduce the assembly and positioning process between the base part 110 and the protruding part 12, which is beneficial to improving the manufacturing of the portable temperature regulating device of the present application. Yield and reduced manufacturing costs.
  • the main body 11 includes a main body outer wall 116 facing away from the wearing space 10 in the thickness direction
  • the protruding portion 12 includes a protruding portion outer wall 124 facing away from the wearing space 10 in the thickness direction.
  • the main body outer wall 116 protrudes toward The outer wall 124 has a gentle transition.
  • the protruding portion 12 Since the outer wall 116 of the main body makes a gentle transition to the outer wall 124 of the protruding portion, the protruding portion 12 It is easy to smoothly extend into the collar and blow air to the back of the human body, and is not easily hindered by the shape of the outer wall 116 of the main body and the outer wall 124 of the protrusion. At the same time, the collar is held up to a small extent, not too obtrusive, and has good concealment. The outer wall 116 of the main body is flush with the outer wall 124 of the protrusion, so that the protrusion 12 can easily and smoothly extend into the collar. At the same time, the degree of protrusion of the collar is as small as possible, not obtrusive, and better concealed. .
  • the main body 11 includes an inner wall 117 of the main body facing the wearing space 10 in the thickness direction.
  • the protruding portion 12 includes an inner wall 126 of the protruding portion facing the wearing space 10 in the thickness direction.
  • the inner wall 117 of the main body gradually transitions to the inner wall 126 of the protruding portion. , so that when the hanging neck temperature regulating device is hung on the neck, the neck feels comfortable when it is in contact with the inner wall 117 of the main body and the inner wall 126 of the protrusion.
  • An air inlet 15 for supplying air into the portable temperature control device is provided on the side of the main body 11 or the protruding portion 12 away from the wearing space 10 .
  • a fan is also provided in the main part 11 or the protruding part 12 . The fan is arranged corresponding to the air inlet 15 and the first air outlet 122 . The fan is used to accelerate and guide the airflow at the air inlet 15 to the first air outlet 122 and then lead it out from the first air outlet 122 .
  • the second side 112 of the main body 11 is provided with a second air outlet 113 for blowing air.
  • the second side 112 of the main body 11 is provided with a second air outlet 113 for blowing air.
  • the second air outlet 113 can blow to the neck or head.
  • the part 12 extends toward the back of the human body, so that the first air outlet 122 can blow air and cool down accurately toward the user's back, and at the same time, the second air outlet 113 can blow air and cool down toward the user's neck. That is, the portable temperature regulating device can effectively blow air to the back of the human body. , and can blow air to the human neck at the same time, thereby improving the practicality of the portable temperature regulating device, and also bringing a better user experience to the neck.
  • the middle part of the main body part 11 and the protruding part 12 together form the middle part of the portable temperature control device, and the first air duct 210 and the second air duct 310 are provided inside the middle part.
  • the first air duct 210 is connected to the first air outlet 122
  • the second air duct 310 is connected to the second air outlet 113.
  • the first air duct 210 can independently supply air to the first air outlet 122
  • the second air duct 310 can independently supply air to the first air outlet 122.
  • the second air outlet 113 is supplied with air, thus optimizing the internal air supply structure of the portable temperature control device.
  • the air flow can be It is ensured that the air flow can be smoothly blown out to the outside through the first air outlet 122 and the second air outlet 113 .
  • the portable temperature control device includes a first air guide 41, which is provided inside the middle part.
  • the first air guide 41 and the inner wall of the middle part form a first air guide.
  • the first air guide 41 is integrally formed with the inner wall of the middle portion, and the first air guide 41 and the inner wall of the middle portion form an air channel and guide the air flow.
  • the first air guide 41 includes an air guide plate 411 and a guard plate 412 arranged at an angle to each other.
  • the air guide plate 411 is connected to the guard plate 412 .
  • the air guide plate 411 and the protruding portion 12 are away from the second air outlet 113
  • the side walls of the first air duct 210 are sealed and connected, and the protective plate 412 and the protruding portion 12 are sealed and connected to the side walls of the wearing space 10 so that there is no air leakage between the two ends of the first air duct 210 and the air flow can be effectively directed to the first air outlet. 122.
  • the end of the air guide plate 411 away from the first air outlet 122 expands outward to form a trumpet-shaped inlet, so that the airflow entering from the inlet is compressed by the first air channel 210 at the end far away from the inlet, further causing the airflow to flow toward the first air outlet. 122 is more concentrated, thereby making the air flow out of the first air outlet 122 stronger.
  • the side of the air guide plate 411 facing away from the first air duct 210 , the side of the guard plate 412 facing away from the first air duct 210 and the side wall of the middle part together form a receiving cavity for installing the circuit board to avoid convection of the circuit board. The air flow through the first air duct is disturbed.
  • an air inlet 15 is provided in the middle part, and a partition 33 is provided in the first air duct 210.
  • the partition 33 divides the first air duct 210 into a first sub-air duct and a second sub-air duct.
  • One end of the first sub-air duct and one end of the second sub-air duct are both connected to the air inlet 15, and the other end of the first sub-air duct and the other end of the second sub-air duct are connected to the first air outlet 122, wherein the One air outlet 122 is oblate and elongated.
  • the first air duct 210 is divided into a first sub-air duct and a second sub-air duct through the partition 33.
  • the airflow is finally forced to blow out from the first air outlet 122, the air volume at each position of the first air outlet 122 is relatively uniform.
  • the portable temperature control device includes a second air guide 42, which is provided inside the middle part.
  • the second air guide 42 includes a bottom plate 43, a first side plate 44 and a third air guide 42.
  • the two side plates 45, the first side plate 44 and the second side plate 45 are respectively connected to both sides of the bottom plate 43, and the first side plate 44 and the second side plate are arranged in a "V" shape.
  • the bottom plate 43 and the first side plate 44 The second side plate 45 and the inner wall of the middle part form a second air duct 310.
  • the second air guide 42 is fixed to the middle part through installation. This can be achieved internally.
  • the second air guide 42 is integrally formed with the inner wall of the middle portion, and the second air guide 42 and the inner wall of the middle portion form an air channel and guide the air flow.
  • an air inlet 15 is provided in the middle part, and the air inlet 15 includes a third An air inlet 151 and a second air inlet 152 have a first volute 51, a second volute 52, a first fan 53 and a second fan 54 inside the middle part; the first volute 51 is surrounded by a first volute and a second volute.
  • the first installation cavity 25 is connected to the air inlet 151.
  • the first volute 51 is provided with a first opening 26 connected to the first installation cavity 25.
  • the first opening 26 is connected to the first air duct 210.
  • the first fan 53 is provided in the first installation cavity 25.
  • the second volute 52 is surrounded by a second installation cavity 27 connected with the second air inlet 152, and the second volute 52 is provided with a second opening 28 connected with the second installation cavity 27.
  • the opening 28 is connected with the second air duct 310 , and the second fan 54 is disposed in the second installation cavity 27 .
  • the first fan 53 and the second fan 54 are separated by the first volute 51 and the second volute 52 respectively, so that the first fan 53 and the second fan 54 do not interfere with each other during operation.
  • the first fan 53 When the first fan 53 is working, the first fan 53 inhales air from the first air inlet 151 and converts the air into air flow in the first installation cavity 25. The air flow is blown out to the first air outlet 122 through the first air duct 210. So that the user can feel the coolness; similarly, when the second fan 54 is working, the second fan 54 inhales air from the second air inlet 152 and converts the air into air flow in the second installation cavity 27, and the air flow passes through the second air duct 310 blows out to the second air outlet 113, so that the user can feel the coolness.
  • the second air inlet 152 can still supply air to the second installation cavity 27 normally, and the portable temperature control device can also perform blowing work through the second air outlet 113.
  • the second air inlet When 152 is blocked by foreign objects the first air inlet 151 can still supply air to the first installation cavity 25 normally, and the portable temperature control device can also perform blowing work through the first air outlet 122, that is, the first installation cavity 25 can be used alone.
  • the air inlet 151 takes in air
  • the second installation cavity 27 uses the second air inlet 152 alone to take in air, which can ensure that at least one of the first air outlet 122 and the second air outlet 113 of the portable temperature control device can work normally.
  • the portable temperature control device includes a heat sink 5, a temperature conductor 2 and a temperature control member 4.
  • a heat dissipation air duct 71 is provided inside the middle part, and the heat dissipation air duct 71 is located in the first air Between the duct 210 and the second air duct 310, the heat dissipation component 5 is located in the cooling air duct 71.
  • the side of the middle part away from the wearing space 10 is provided with a heat dissipation port 14 for the cooling air duct 71 to communicate.
  • the heat conduction component 2 is fixed on The middle part faces the side of the wearing space 10, and the temperature-regulating component 4 is thermally conductively connected to the heat dissipation component 5 and the temperature-conducting component 2 respectively.
  • the temperature-regulating component 4 is a semiconductor refrigeration chip. When the temperature control member 4 cools the heat conduction member 2, the temperature control member 4 will generate a large amount of heat, and the heat will be transferred to the heat sink 5. The heat sink 5 will dissipate the heat outside the portable temperature control device through the heat dissipation port 14.
  • the portable temperature control device When the portable temperature control device is worn on the neck, the portable temperature control device can not only blow air to the human body through the first air outlet 122 and the second air outlet 113 to cool down, but also can fit on the neck through the heat conductor 2 and provide air to the neck. By transferring cold energy for cooling, the portable temperature control device has multiple functions of cooling the human body, further improving the practicality of the portable temperature control device.
  • the heat dissipation port 14 includes a first heat dissipation port 141 and a second heat dissipation port 142.
  • the heat dissipation component 5 divides the heat dissipation air duct 71 into a first heat dissipation air duct and a second heat dissipation air duct.
  • One end of the first heat dissipation air duct is connected to The first opening 26 is connected, the other end of the first cooling air duct is connected to the first heat dissipation port 141 , one end of the second cooling air duct is connected to the second opening 28 , and the other end of the second cooling air duct is connected to the second heat dissipation port 142 are connected, and the flow direction of the air flow through the first cooling air duct is opposite to the flow direction of the air flow through the second cooling air duct.
  • the first cooling air duct and the first air duct 210 separate the air flow blown out of the first opening 26 into two streams.
  • one airflow is blown out through the first air duct 210 to the first air outlet 122 for blowing and cooling on the back of the human body, and another airflow is blown out through the first cooling air duct toward the first heat dissipation outlet 141, wherein the airflow flows through the first In the heat dissipation air duct, the air flow will carry the heat emitted by the heat dissipation component 5 and blow it out to the first heat dissipation port 141, so that the heat dissipation component 5 can be dissipated and cooled.
  • the second cooling air duct and the second air duct 310 separate the airflow blown out of the second opening 28 into two streams.
  • One airflow is blown out to the second air outlet 113 through the second air duct 310 for blowing and dissipating heat on the neck of the human body.
  • the other airflow The airflow passes through the second cooling air duct and blows out to the second heat dissipation port 142.
  • the airflow flows through the second cooling air duct, and the airflow carries the heat emitted by the heat dissipation component 5 and blows it out to the second heat dissipation port 142, so that the heat dissipation component 5 can Heat dissipation and cooling.
  • the heat sink 5 includes first heat dissipation fins 511 and second heat dissipation fins 512. There are multiple first heat dissipation fins 511 and second heat dissipation fins 512. Two adjacent first heat dissipation fins are A first heat dissipation gap 73 is formed between the fins 511. One end of the first heat dissipation gap 73 away from the first opening 26 is connected to the first heat dissipation port 141. A second heat dissipation gap 74 is formed between adjacent second heat dissipation fins 512. One end of the two heat dissipation gaps 74 away from the second opening 28 is connected to the second heat dissipation port 142 .
  • the air inlet of the first heat dissipation gap 73 is located opposite to the air inlet of the second heat dissipation gap 74 .
  • the first heat dissipation gap 73 connects the first opening 26
  • the blown airflow is directed to the first heat dissipation port 141
  • the second heat dissipation gap 74 guides the airflow blown out of the second opening 28 to the second heat dissipation port 142
  • the airflow blown out of the first opening 26 flows through the first heat dissipation gap 73 in the same direction as the second heat dissipation gap 73 .
  • the airflow blown out of the two openings 28 flows through the second heat dissipation gap 74 in opposite directions.
  • the entire area of the heat dissipation member 5 that contacts the heat dissipation airflow is increased, and the heat dissipation member 5 5’s heat dissipation capabilities are enhanced.
  • the second air outlet 113 includes first sub-sections arranged side by side.
  • the first sub-air outlet 1131 is arranged closer to the side of the wearing space than the second sub-air outlet 1132.
  • the portable temperature regulating device includes a second air guide 42.
  • the second air guide 42 Located inside the middle part, the air guide 42 includes a first partition 46 and a second partition 47 that are connected to each other.
  • the first partition 46 and the second partition 47 are integrally formed, and the second partition 47 is integrally formed with the first partition.
  • the plates 46 are arranged at an angle, and the second partition 47 is connected between both sides of the first partition 46.
  • the second partition 47 is arranged across both ends of the first partition 46, and the first partition 46 is connected to the middle Part of the inner wall forms a second air duct 310.
  • the second partition 47 is located in the second air duct 310 and divides the second air duct 310 into a third sub-air duct and a fourth sub-air duct.
  • the third sub-air duct and The first sub-air outlet 1131 is connected, and the fourth sub-air duct is connected to the second sub-air outlet 1132.
  • the third sub-air duct and the fourth sub-air duct do not interfere with each other during flow diversion, which can ensure that the first sub-air outlet 1131 and the second sub-air outlet 1132 are connected.
  • the air volume from the second sub-air outlet 1132 is relatively uniform.
  • the rest of the structure of this embodiment is the same as the above-mentioned second embodiment.
  • the fifth embodiment of the present application provides a portable temperature control device.
  • the portable temperature control device includes a main body 11, and the main body 11 includes a connected Two shells 107, each shell 107 is provided with a first fan 200 and a second fan 300.
  • the shell 107 is sequentially provided with a first air outlet 101, an escape portion 102 and a second air outlet 103 along the length direction.
  • the first fan 200 and the second fan 300 is located between the first air outlet 101 and the second air outlet 103, the first fan 200 and the second fan 300 are located in the avoidance part 102, and the first fan 200 is used to supply air to the first air outlet 101, The second fan 300 is used to blow air to the second air outlet 103 .
  • the two ends of the main body 11 are bent and enclose a wearing space 10 for wearing, and an opening connected to the wearing space 10 is formed between the two ends of the main body 11 .
  • the main body 11 may be spliced together by two shells 107 , or may be artificially divided into two shells 107 .
  • the main body 11 has a first end 105 and a second end 106.
  • the length from the escape portion 102 to the first end 105 is shorter than the length from the escape portion 102 to the second end 106.
  • the length from the escape portion 102 to the first end 105 is greater than the length of the escape portion 102 to the first end 105.
  • the escape portion 102 is provided corresponding to one ear of the user.
  • the first end 105 is located on one of the housings 107
  • the second end 106 is located on the other housing 107
  • the second air outlet 103 is located in the middle of the main body 11 . Since the escape portion 102 is provided on one of the housings 107 , the length from the escape portion 102 to the first end 105 is shorter than the length from the escape portion 102 to the second end 106 .
  • the length from the escape portion 102 to the first end 105 is greater than the length from the escape portion 102 to the middle of the main body 11 so that the escape portion 102 is located at the ear when the user wears the portable temperature control device.
  • the housing 107 is provided with a first air outlet 104 and a second air outlet 108.
  • the first air outlet 104 is located on the side of the first fan 200 away from the middle of the avoidance portion 102.
  • One end of 104 is connected to the guide opening of the first fan 200, and the first fan 200 discharges air through the guide opening.
  • the other end extends away from the first fan 200 and is connected to the first air outlet 101 and the second air outlet 108.
  • one end of the second air outlet 108 is connected to the guide opening of the second fan 300, and the other end extends away from the second fan 300 and is connected to the second air outlet 103.
  • the middle part of the escape part 102 refers to the part of the escape part 102 located between the first fan 200 and the second fan 300 .
  • the cross-sectional area of the first air outlet 104 gradually decreases from the end close to the first fan 200 to the end far away from the first fan 200 . Since the air volume in the first air outlet 104 will gradually decrease as it blows out from the first air outlet 101, the air outlet speed of the end of the first air outlet 101 close to the first fan 200 is greater than that of the end far away from the first fan 200. By reducing the air outlet speed of the first air outlet 104, the air outlet speed of the end of the first air outlet 101 away from the first fan 200 can be increased, making the overall air outlet of the first air outlet 101 more uniform.
  • the first air outlet 104 includes a first sub-air duct 1041.
  • An end of the first sub-air duct 1041 close to the first air outlet 101 is provided with a third air outlet 109 connected with the first air outlet 101.
  • the length direction of the air outlet 109 is the same as the length direction of the first air outlet 101 .
  • the housing 107 is also provided with a flow guide 140.
  • the flow guide 140 is located on the side of the first fan 200 away from the middle of the avoidance portion 102.
  • the first air outlet 104 is at least partially provided on the flow guide 140.
  • the flow guide 140 includes The guide plate 143 is partially bent and surrounded to form a first sub-air channel 1041.
  • the guide 140 includes a base 144 and a guide plate 143 provided at one end of the base 144.
  • the guide plate 143 includes a bent portion 1431 and a first guide portion 1432 located on the same side of the bent portion 1431.
  • the second flow guide part 1433 , the first flow guide part 1432 and the second flow guide part 1433 extend along the length direction of the base 144 .
  • the first air outlet 104 also includes a second sub-air duct 1042 and a third sub-air duct 1043.
  • the first sub-air duct 1041 and the second sub-air duct 1042 are arranged side by side at the same end of the third sub-air duct 1043.
  • the second sub-air duct 1042 is connected to the third sub-air duct 1043.
  • the extension direction of the first sub-air duct 1041 is substantially the same as the extension direction of the second sub-air duct 1042 and the extension direction of the third sub-air duct 1043.
  • the width of the first sub-air duct 1041 and the width of the second sub-air duct 1042 are approximately the same. The widths are all smaller than the width of the third sub-air duct 1043.
  • the portable temperature control device further includes a heat conductor 2 provided on the housing 107 , and the heat conductor 2 is at least partially disposed in the avoidance portion 102 . Since the first air outlet 101 and the second air outlet 103 cannot directly adjust the temperature of the air outlet from the escape portion 102, the provision of the temperature guide 2 enables contact temperature regulation of the user's portion close to the escape portion 102.
  • the housing 107 is also provided with a temperature regulating member 4 and a heat dissipating member 5.
  • the temperature conducting member 2 and the heat dissipating member 5 are respectively provided on opposite sides of the temperature regulating member 4 and are thermally conductively connected to the temperature regulating member 4.
  • the temperature regulating component 4 is a semiconductor refrigerator, and the temperature conducting component 2 is made of aluminum alloy.
  • the thermal conductive member 2 is provided on the side of the inner shell 170 close to the wearing space 10 .
  • the temperature-conducting member 2 is used to evenly transfer the cold or heat generated by the semiconductor refrigerator to the user's neck to achieve the cooling or heating function.
  • the heat sink 5 includes a plurality of heat dissipation fins to increase the contact area between the air flow blown by the first fan 200 and the heat sink 5 to improve heat dissipation efficiency.
  • the housing 107 is also provided with a heat dissipation port 118, which is located on the side of the first fan 200 away from the middle of the avoidance part 102.
  • the housing 107 is provided with a cooling air duct 119, and the cooling air duct 119 is located on the first side of the first fan 200.
  • one end of the heat dissipation duct 119 is connected to the guide opening of the first fan 200, and the other end extends in a direction away from the first fan 200 and is connected to the heat dissipation port 118.
  • the heat dissipation member 5 is located on the Inside the air duct 119.
  • the outer housing 160 is provided with a first air inlet 114, a second air inlet 115 and a heat dissipation outlet 118.
  • the first air inlet 114 is provided corresponding to the first fan 200
  • the second air inlet 115 is provided corresponding to the second fan 300.
  • the first air outlet 101 is provided at the junction of the outer housing 160 and the inner housing 170 .
  • the housing 107 is provided with a receiving cavity 133 connected with the first air outlet 101.
  • the first fan 200 is located in the receiving cavity 133.
  • the receiving cavity 133 is also provided with a flow guide 140.
  • the first fan 200 is located between the guide 140 and the first air outlet 101. Between the two fans 300, the air guide 140 separates a part of the receiving cavity 133 and forms a cooling air channel 119.
  • control circuit board 180 and a power supply 190 are also provided in the receiving cavity 133.
  • the control circuit board 180 is electrically connected to the power supply 190, the temperature regulating member 4, the first fan 200 and the second fan 300 respectively.
  • the control circuit board 180 is used to control the start and stop of each fan, working gear, and the working mode (cooling or heating) and working temperature of the temperature regulating component 4 according to instructions input by the user.
  • the main body 11 includes an upper side and a lower side that are oppositely arranged, and the two second air outlets 103 are both located on the upper side of the main body 11 , or the two second air outlets 103 are both located on the lower side of the main body 11 , or One of the second air outlets 103 is located on the upper side of the main body 11 , and the other second air outlet 103 is located on the lower side of the main body 11 .
  • the two first air outlets 101 are both located on the upper side of the main body 11
  • one of the second air outlets 103 is located on the upper side of the main body 11
  • the other second air outlet 103 is located on the lower side of the main body 11 .
  • the avoidance part 102 is opposite to the user's ears, which prevents the airflow from directly blowing to the ears when the first air outlet 101 and the second air outlet 103 emit air, thus reducing the noise heard by the user.
  • a flexible connector 1021 is provided on the escape portion 102 .
  • the main body 11 includes a connected outer shell 160 and an inner shell 170 , and the inner shell 170 is closer to the wearing space 10 than the outer shell 160 .
  • the outer shell 160 is a single long plate-like structure
  • the inner shell 170 includes a first shell section 171, a second shell section 172, and a third shell section 173 that are sequentially spaced along the length direction of the outer shell 160.
  • a flexible connector 1021 is provided between the first shell section 171 and the second shell section 172, and a flexible connector 1021 is provided between the second shell section 172 and the third shell section 173.
  • the flexible connector 1021 can be soft rubber.
  • the arrangement of the connector 1021 improves the deformation ability of the main body 11, so as to facilitate the adjustment of the size of the wearing space 10 and adapt it to different users.
  • the portable temperature control device includes a main body 11.
  • the main body 11 includes two connected shells 107.
  • Each shell 107 is provided with a first fan 200 and a second fan 300.
  • the shells 107 are sequentially provided with first outlets along the length direction.
  • the air outlet 101, the avoidance part 102 and the second air outlet 103, the first fan 200 and the second fan 300 are located between the first air outlet 101 and the second air outlet 103, the first fan 200 and the second fan 300 are located in the avoidance part 102
  • the first fan 200 drives the airflow away from the middle part of the avoidance part 102 and blows out from the first air outlet 101
  • the second fan 300 drives the airflow away from the avoidance part 102
  • the central part moves in the direction and blows out from the second air outlet 103.
  • the avoidance part 102 corresponds to the position of the user's ear, on the one hand, it avoids the first air outlet 101 and the second air outlet 103 from directly blowing out the air towards the user's ear, which reduces The noise received by the ears, on the other hand, the airflow generated by the first fan 200 and the second fan 300 is blown out in a direction away from the avoidance part 102, thereby making it difficult for the noise to enter the user's ears, further reducing the noise received by the ears. Improved user experience.
  • the air flow generated by the fan flows through the air duct to the air outlet, the air flow continuously rubs against the air duct wall and generates noise.
  • the noise is superimposed along with the movement direction of the air flow and reaches the maximum at the air outlet.
  • the escape part 102 is the area on the main body 11 closest to the user's ear
  • the first fan 200 and the second fan 300 are disposed on opposite sides of the escape part 102 and facing toward the user's neck.
  • the wind is discharged in a direction away from the middle part of the avoidance part 102, which can cause the noise to be superimposed in a direction away from the user's ears, thereby reducing the noise received by the ears.
  • the portable temperature control device includes a main body part. 11 and cover 60.
  • components that realize temperature adjustment functions such as blowing and contact cooling are mainly provided on the main body 11.
  • the main body 11 is provided with an air inlet 15, an air outlet 16 and a heat dissipation outlet 14, as well as an air outlet connecting the air inlet 15 and the heat dissipation outlet 14.
  • the main body 11 is provided with a fan 3, a heat dissipation piece 5 and a temperature adjustment piece 4 (refer to Figures 33 and 39) to realize the temperature adjustment function of the main body 11.
  • the fan 3 is arranged in the air duct 17 and corresponds to the air inlet. 15 settings.
  • the heat sink 5 is disposed in the air duct 17 and corresponds to the heat dissipation opening 14 .
  • the temperature regulating member 4 is arranged outside the air duct 17 and is thermally conductively connected to the heat sink 5.
  • the temperature regulating member 4 is, for example, a semiconductor refrigeration chip, and is combined with the temperature conductive member 2 (which can be connected to the side of the temperature regulating member 4 facing away from the heat sink 5). Referring to Figure 33 and Figure 39), the contact cooling function can be realized.
  • the cover 60 is connected to the main body 11 and covers the air inlet 15 and the heat dissipation vent 14 .
  • the cover 60 is provided with a first through hole array 601 connected to the air inlet 15 and a second through hole array 602 connected to the heat dissipation outlet 14 .
  • the thickness of the shell material of the main body part 11 can be set thicker to have a certain strength and better protect its internal components.
  • you can The air inlet 15 is opened into a large overall hole close to the diameter of the fan 3.
  • the heat dissipation port 14 can also be opened as a larger hole.
  • Both the first through hole array 601 and the second through hole array 602 include a plurality of small holes. The size of the small holes in the first through hole array 601 is smaller than the size of the air inlet 15 . The size of the small holes in the second through hole array 602 is smaller than Dimensions of heat dissipation vent 14.
  • the cover 60 can be selected to be relatively small, which is not affected by the material thickness of the main body 11. The difficulty of opening holes is small.
  • the first through hole array 601 and the second through hole Array 602 can also prevent the entry of foreign matter such as hair.
  • the first through hole array 601 and the second through hole array 602 are separately opened on the cover 60.
  • the main body 11 may be an arc-shaped structure, and is provided internally for installing the fan 3, the heat sink 5 and the adjustment unit.
  • the hole-opening process on the cover 60 is not affected by the complex internal structure of the main body 11, making it easy to operate.
  • the cover 60 can be made of materials, colors, patterns, etc. that are different from those of the main body 11 , thereby realizing diversified designs of the portable temperature control device.
  • the portable temperature regulating device provided in this embodiment will be described in detail below with reference to the hanging-neck structure shown in FIG. 29 .
  • Figure 29 illustrates a schematic structural diagram of a neck-mounted portable temperature regulating device.
  • the portable temperature control device has a U-shaped structure as a whole, including a base 110 and two arm portions 13 disposed at opposite ends of the base 110.
  • the two arm portions 13 both extend toward one side of the base 110 and Enclosed with the base 110, a wearing space 10 is formed.
  • the human neck is located in the wearing space 10 .
  • the portable temperature regulating device can also be hand-held, hanging around the neck, belt-type, etc., and this embodiment is not limited thereto.
  • independent components with temperature control functions can be provided on the base 110 and the two arms 13.
  • the part of the component with the temperature adjustment function can be considered to be the main body part 11 , or it can be understood that either the base part 110 and the two arm parts 13 can independently have the structure of the main body part 11 .
  • the base 110 and the arms 13 both have the structure of the main body 11 .
  • the main body 11 includes the base 110 and the arms 13 , and the base 110 and the arms 13 face away from the side of the wearing space 10
  • Air inlets 15 and heat dissipation vents 14 are respectively provided and correspondingly connected with covers 60 . That is, the cover 60 is connected to the base 110 and the cover 60 is also connected to the arm 13 .
  • FIGS. 30 to 33 The structure of the arm 13 in the portable temperature control device is shown in FIGS. 30 to 33 .
  • this part of the portable temperature control device includes an arm 13 and a cover 60.
  • the approximately circular array of holes on the left of the cover 60 is the first through hole array 601, and on the right
  • the approximately elongated hole array is the second through hole array 602 .
  • a mounting groove 134 is formed on the main body 11 , and the cover 60 is assembled into the structure shown in FIG. 30 when the cover 60 is placed in the mounting groove 134 .
  • the cover 60 can be fixed in the installation groove 134 by glue bonding, or can be fixed in the installation groove 134 by snap connection or other methods.
  • the circular opening on the left side of the main body 11 is the air inlet 15, and the long opening on the right side is the heat dissipation outlet 14.
  • the cover 60 When the cover 60 is installed on the main body 11 , the first through hole array 601 is aligned with the air inlet 15 , and the second through hole array 602 is aligned with the heat dissipation port 14 .
  • the airflow outside the main body 11 can pass through the first through hole array.
  • 601 enters the interior of the main body 11 through the air inlet 15 .
  • the heat dissipation airflow inside the main body 11 can be blown out from the second through hole array 602 through the heat dissipation opening 14 .
  • the shell structure of the main body part 11 (ie, the arm part 13) of this part can be divided into an outer shell 135 and an inner shell 136 that are opposite to each other.
  • the outer shell 135 and the inner shell 136 are connected by screws, for example.
  • the outer shell 135 and the inner shell 136 form a receiving cavity for accommodating the fan 3, the heat sink 5 and the temperature regulating member 4. 133, and also enclosed to form a wind channel 17.
  • the outer shell 135 includes a shell plate 137 on which the air inlet 15 and the heat dissipation port 14 are provided.
  • the thickness of the cover 60 is smaller than the thickness of the shell plate 137 .
  • the thickness of the cover 60 is smaller, so the depths of the first through hole array 601 and the second through hole array 602 are also smaller, which is beneficial to improving the air flow effect.
  • the outer shell 135 is located on the side of the inner shell 136 facing away from the wearing space 10. Therefore, the air inlet 15 and the heat dissipation outlet 14 are located on the side of the main body 11 facing away from the wearing space 10. .
  • a partition 138 is provided in the inner casing 136.
  • the air outlet side of the fan 3 is divided into an air outlet duct 174 and a heat dissipation duct. 175.
  • the partition 138 is provided with a vent 139. Part of the air flow blown out by the fan 3 passes through the vent 139 and enters the cooling air duct 175 to contact the heat sink 5 for heat exchange, and is finally blown out from the heat dissipation port 14.
  • An air outlet 16 is provided on the sides of the outer shell 135 and the inner shell 136 adjacent to the air inlet 15.
  • the heat dissipation member 5 includes a plurality of heat dissipation fins 55 , and a heat dissipation gap is formed between adjacent heat dissipation fins 55 . As shown in FIG.
  • the plurality of heat dissipation fins 55 extend in the direction (left-right direction) from the fan 3 to the heat dissipation port 14 , and the length direction of the heat dissipation port 14 is perpendicular to the extension direction of the plurality of heat dissipation fins 55 , that is, the heat dissipation port 14 Extending in the up and down direction allows multiple heat dissipation gaps to dissipate heat independently.
  • a display module 80 is also provided in the main body 11 .
  • a display window 18 is provided on the main body 11 corresponding to the position of the display module 80 .
  • the cover 60 has a light-transmitting area 603 . 60 covers the display window 18, and the light-transmitting area 603 is set corresponding to the display window 18.
  • the light-transmitting area 603 refers to the area on the cover 60 used to transmit the display module 80 .
  • the cover 60 can be a whole light-transmitting plate or only the light-transmitting area 603 can be light-transmitting. of panels.
  • the screen display function can be realized through the cover 60 .
  • the cover 60 may include a base 604 and a film layer 605 disposed on a side of the base 604 close to the main body 11 .
  • the base 604 is made of, for example, transparent PC (polycarbonate), and the film layer 605 can be a PMMA (polymethylmethacrylate) coating, and can be printed on the base 604 through silk screen printing, which can achieve light transmission but not see-through. Effect.
  • parts other than the light-transmitting area 603 corresponding to the display module 80 can cover the screw holes 127 (see FIG. 32 ) and other positions on the main body 11 to achieve better results. Beautiful effect.
  • the light-transmitting area 603 is provided corresponding to the display module 80 . Therefore, when the display module 80 does not emit light, the display module 80 covered by the cover 60 cannot be seen through the light-transmitting area 603 . When the display module 80 emits light, light can pass through the light-transmitting area 603 to achieve a display effect.
  • the display module 80 may be an LCD display screen or a combination of multiple indicator lights.
  • the display module 80 includes a light-emitting element 801 and a light-guiding structure 802 disposed on a side of the light-emitting element 801 close to the cover 60 .
  • the light guide structure 802 abuts the light-transmitting area 603 of the cover 60 .
  • the light-emitting element 801 may be, for example, LED lamp beads of the same or different colors.
  • the light guide structure 802 is made of, for example, transparent PC material, and can conduct the light emitted by the lamp beads to the cover 60 .
  • the specific light guide structure 802 may include multiple light guide pillars corresponding to multiple lamp beads, so that the light emitted by each lamp bead does not interfere with each other.
  • a control circuit board 180 is also provided in the inner housing 136 .
  • the light-emitting element 801 is fixed on the control circuit board 180 and is electrically connected to the control circuit board 180 .
  • the inner housing 136 is also provided with a control circuit board 180 .
  • the control circuit board 180 is electrically connected to the fan 3 and the temperature regulating part 4.
  • the key switch 40 can be used to realize the switching of the portable temperature regulating device, function selection adjustment, etc., and control the fan 3 and the temperature regulating part 4. And when selecting to adjust different functions, the control circuit board 180 controls different light-emitting elements 801 to emit light to achieve display effects.
  • the portable temperature control device is also provided with a diffuser sheet 90 , which covers the display window 18 and is located between the light-transmitting area 603 and the main body 11 .
  • the diffuser sheet 90 has a pattern mark on it.
  • the diffuser sheet 90 may be made of PET (polyethylene terephthalate) + diffuser powder.
  • FIG. 35 which is a diagram of an embodiment of the diffuser sheet 90 .
  • the black area in FIG. 35 is the material part of the diffuser sheet 90
  • the white area is the hollow part of the diffuser sheet 90 .
  • the hollow part that is not illuminated by the light will not be displayed based on the light-transmitting and non-see-through principle of the cover 60. Achieve display effect while ensuring beautiful appearance.
  • the pattern logo on the diffuser sheet 90 may be text or graphics, which is not limited in this embodiment.
  • Figures 36 to 39 show the structure of the base 110 in the portable temperature control device.
  • this part of the portable temperature control device includes a base 110 and a cover 60 .
  • the internal structure of the side of the main body 11 close to the cover 60 and the structure of the cover 60 close to the main body 11 are shown.
  • the main body 11 is provided with two air inlets 15 and two heat dissipation outlets 14 , and the two heat dissipation outlets 14 are located between the two air inlets 15 .
  • one fan 3 is provided at each position corresponding to the two air inlets 15
  • the heat sink 5 is provided between the two fans 3 .
  • the heat sink 5 includes two heat dissipation gaps, each heat dissipation gap has multiple heat dissipation fins, and the entrances of the two heat dissipation gaps are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the heat dissipation gap located above is connected to the air outlet side of the fan 3 on the right, and the heat dissipation gap located below is connected to the air outlet side of the fan 3 on the left.
  • the number of first through hole arrays 601 on the cover 60 is also two, which are respectively provided corresponding to the two air inlets 15 .
  • the second through hole array 602 is disposed between the two first through hole arrays 601 corresponding to the heat dissipation ports 14 .
  • a plurality of small holes are provided on the outer side (the side facing away from the main body 11 ) of the cover 10 .
  • the parts other than 202 are blind holes.
  • an adapter circuit board 181 is also provided in the inner housing 136 of the base 110 .
  • the two fans 3 and the temperature regulating component 4 in the base 110 can be electrically connected to the adapter circuit board 181 through wires. connect.
  • the adapter circuit board 181 is electrically connected to the control circuit board 180 through wires, so that the operation of the fan 3 and the temperature regulating component 4 in the base 110 and the arm 13 can be controlled respectively through the key switch 40 on the arm 13 .
  • both the inner housing 136 and the outer housing 135 are bent in a direction from the outer housing 135 to the inner housing 136.
  • FIG. 40 taking the orientation of the base 110 as an example, the inner housing 136 and the outer housing 135 All are bent downward.
  • a positioning groove 1361 is provided at the end of the inner housing 136 . 38 and 40 , positioning grooves 1361 are provided at the left and right ends of the inner housing 136 , two at each end, for a total of four positioning grooves 1361 . More specifically, refer to the partially enlarged schematic diagram of area A in FIG. 41 .
  • An inclined groove surface 1362 is formed on one side of the positioning groove 1361 close to the middle part of the inner housing 136 .
  • the inclined groove surface 1362 is inclined in a direction from the end to the middle part of the inner housing 136 .
  • a positioning member 1351 is provided on the side of the outer housing 135 close to the inner housing 136.
  • the positioning member 1351 is coupled with the positioning groove 1361. More specifically, the positioning member 1351 is provided with a positioning slope 1352 that matches the inclined groove surface 1362.
  • the inner housing 136 is also provided with a fixing post 1363.
  • the positioning member 1351 passes through the positioning groove 1361 and is fixed with the fixing post 1363 through screws, so that the inner housing 136 and the outer housing 135 can be fixed to form the combined structure shown in Figure 42. Knot structure.
  • the inclined groove surface 1362 can prevent the outer shell 135 and the inner shell 136 from interfering with each other when they are assembled.
  • the inner housing 136 is also provided with a connecting piece 1364 , for example.
  • the connecting piece 1364 can be a nylon piece, used to realize the connection between the base 110 and the arm 13 Connection.
  • the positioning groove 1361 can be specifically provided on the connecting piece 1364 .
  • a connecting piece 1364 can also be provided on the inner shell 136 of the arm 13 .
  • a flexible connector 1021 is provided between the base 110 and the arm 13.
  • the flexible connector 1021 can be made of silicone and is sleeved on the connector 1364 of the base 110 and the connector 1364 of the arm 13. The connection between the arm 13 and the base 110 is realized, and the angle between the base 110 and the arm 13 can be adjusted to facilitate wearing.
  • the arm part 13 being the main body part
  • structures such as the mounting groove 134 and the display module 80 may also be provided, which is not limited by this embodiment.
  • the seventh embodiment of the present application provides a portable temperature regulating device that can be worn on the human body, such as the human neck, to regulate the temperature of the human body, such as blowing, cooling or cooling. Heat for warmth.
  • the portable temperature control device of this embodiment includes a main body 11, a temperature control component provided in the main body 11, and a color-changing body provided on the main body 11. The color-changing body is exposed to sunlight.
  • the color-changing body of the portable temperature control device can change color in the sunlight environment, and can also bring cool effects, increase fashion, fun and technological sense, and enhance user experience.
  • the color change of the color change can be in many ways. For example, when the ultraviolet rays are stronger, the color of the color change becomes darker, that is, it changes into different colors with different shades, such as from light orange to deep orange; or when When the ultraviolet rays are stronger, the color change will occur, such as from gray to red; or when the ultraviolet rays reach a certain intensity, such as when the ultraviolet intensity reaches 75mW/m2, the color change will occur, such as from gray to red. Black becomes red etc.
  • the color-changing body is implemented as an ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 disposed on the surface of the main body 11.
  • the ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 can change color according to the intensity of ultraviolet rays after being irradiated by sunlight.
  • the ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 is disposed on the top surface of the main body 11 .
  • the ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 is designed to adapt to the shape of the main body 11 to cover the entire top surface.
  • the top surface of the main body 11 has, for example, an undulating concave and convex structure.
  • the ultraviolet color-changing layer 100 is designed with an adapted concave-convex structure for perfect fit.
  • the ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 may be ultraviolet discoloration ink coated on the surface of the main body 11 , for example, by silk screen printing.
  • the ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 can also be a hard or soft cover made of ultraviolet photosensitive material.
  • the ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 can be detachably fixed on the top surface of the main body 11 by pasting, snapping, etc. When the ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 After failure or damage, it can be replaced by the user. In addition, since the top surface of the main body 11 is easily viewed by the user, the ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 is disposed on the top surface. When the ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 changes color, the user can detect it in time, thereby making it easier for the user to determine whether protective measures need to be taken. .
  • the main body 11 is made of, for example, plastic material, and the color-changing body can be implemented as ultraviolet color-changing powder. That is, when the ultraviolet color-changing powder is irradiated by sunlight, the ultraviolet color-changing powder will change color in different colors according to the intensity of ultraviolet rays in the sunlight. Variety.
  • the plastic material of the main body 11 and ultraviolet color-changing powder are mixed and injection molded to form a plastic part (the color-changing main body 11), that is, the color-changing body is integrated with the main body 11, and the color-changing body is dispersed.
  • the shell material is prepared as a color-changing shell. When the intensity of ultraviolet rays changes, the entire main body 11 undergoes corresponding color changes.
  • the ultraviolet color-changing powder and at least one part of the main body part 11 can also be prepared through the above-mentioned mixed injection molding method to make a local part of the main body part 11 change color.
  • the ultraviolet intensity changes the main part 11 changes color.
  • Corresponding color changes occur in the local parts of 11.
  • a colorimetric body is provided on the main body 11, and the colorimetric body can be used for color comparison with the color changing body. , based on the comparison results, users can quickly determine whether protective measures need to be taken.
  • the colorimeter can only be set to a fixed color. If the colorimeter changes to this color, it means that the ultraviolet intensity exceeds the preset standard and protective measures need to be taken; if the colorimeter does not change in color, it means that the ultraviolet intensity Preset standards are not exceeded and no protective measures are required.
  • the colorimetric body includes several colorimetric areas 102 with different fixed colors, that is, the colorimetric body is provided with multiple fixed colors, and the color of each colorimetric area 102 is different from the color of other colorimetric areas 102.
  • Each color corresponds to a UV intensity.
  • a plurality of colorimetric areas 102 may be arranged adjacently in sequence, for example, along the width direction, thickness direction or length direction of the main body 11 .
  • three colorimetric areas 102 are provided, and the three colorimetric areas 102 are arranged adjacently in sequence. The color areas are arranged adjacently in sequence along the width direction of the main body portion 11 .
  • the colorimetric body can be disposed on the main body 11, for example, on the outer surface of the main body 11; it can also be disposed on the ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 of the main body 11, which is more convenient for users to compare and view.
  • the color-changing body may also include several color-changing areas with different ultraviolet sensing intensities. Users can judge the intensity of ultraviolet rays based on the discoloration of each color-changing area to determine whether protective measures need to be taken. For example, there are three discoloration areas, namely a first discoloration area, a second discoloration area and a third discoloration area, and the three discoloration areas respectively correspond to different ultraviolet intensities. When only the first discoloration zone changes color, it means that the intensity of ultraviolet rays at this time is weak and does not have much impact on the human body; when only the first and second discoloration areas change color, it means that the intensity of ultraviolet rays at this time is medium. Certain protective measures need to be taken; when all three discolored areas change color, it indicates that the intensity of ultraviolet rays is strong at this time, and better protective measures should be taken, or avoid staying outdoors.
  • the main body 11 includes a housing 120 and a cover 60 , wherein the temperature regulating components that implement temperature regulating functions such as blowing and contact refrigeration are mainly provided on the housing 120 .
  • the housing 120 is provided with an inlet.
  • the main body 11 surrounds a wearing space 10 , and the air outlet 16 is, for example, provided on the top wall of the main body 11 .
  • the color-changing body may be provided on the top wall of the main body 11 or on the side wall of the main body 11 away from the wearing space 10 .
  • the color-changing body can be provided on the housing 120 and/or the cover 60 in the above-mentioned various designs.
  • the color-changing body is implemented as the ultraviolet color-changing layer 100 and is disposed on the top wall of the housing 120.
  • the colorimetric body is disposed at the end of the outer surface of the photosensitive layer 14 to facilitate viewing and color comparison by the user.
  • the ultraviolet discoloration layer 100 is provided with an air outlet 104 corresponding to the air outlet 16 of the housing 120 to avoid affecting the air outlet.
  • the color-changing body is provided on the cover 60 , for example, on the cover 60 corresponding to the base 110 , or on the cover 60 corresponding to the arm 13 .
  • the color change body can be set into text or graphic styles to display product information, such as displaying the product's brand name, product name, etc. Specifically, it can be set so that when there is no sunlight or the intensity of ultraviolet rays in the sunlight is low, the product information is not displayed; when the intensity of ultraviolet rays in the sunlight is sufficient, the product information turns orange and is displayed.
  • the color-changing body is disposed on the outer surface of the protruding portion of the cover 60 corresponding to the bottom side of the base 110 through silk printing, so as to facilitate outward display.
  • the eighth embodiment of the present application provides a portable temperature control device.
  • the portable temperature control device includes, for example: a first shell body 153, the first inner seat 154 and the first fan 200.
  • the portable temperature regulating device may be a handheld fan, a neck-mounted fan, a head-mounted fan or a waist-worn fan, etc.
  • the following embodiments take the portable temperature control device as a hanging neck fan as an example.
  • the portable temperature control device also includes: a connection structure 400 and a second housing 155, wherein the number of the first housings 153 is two, and the two first housings 153 are respectively connected to two sides of the second housing 155. ends, and are connected through the connecting structures 400, that is, the connecting structures 400 are provided on both ends of the second housing 155, and are connected to the first housing 153 through the connecting structures 400.
  • the first housing 153 and the second housing Body 155 is suitable for wearing on the neck of the human body.
  • the first housing 153 is provided with a first air inlet 151 and a first air outlet 161.
  • the first air inlet 151 is, for example, provided on a side wall of the first housing 153 away from the human body's neck.
  • the first air outlet 161 is, for example, provided On the top wall of the first housing 153, a first inner seat 154 is installed inside the first housing 153.
  • the first inner seat 154 is provided with an accommodating cavity 1541, and the first air inlet 151 is connected with the accommodating cavity 1541.
  • the first inner seat 154 is provided with an air guide channel 1542.
  • the accommodating cavity 1541 is connected to the first air outlet 161 through the air guide channel 1542.
  • the first fan 200 is disposed in the accommodating cavity 1541.
  • the air guide channel 1542 here can be a groove. structure or pipe structure.
  • the air guide channel 1542 of this embodiment is a groove structure
  • the first inner seat 154 is disposed inside the first housing 153. Since the first inner seat 154 forms interconnected accommodation cavities, 1541 and air guide channel 1542.
  • the first fan 200 is arranged in the accommodation cavity 1541 to form an air outlet module together with the first inner seat 154, so that the wind generated by the first fan 200 can quickly pass through the air guide channel 1542 and then pass through the air outlet module 1541 and the air guide channel 1542.
  • the first air outlet 161 blows out, and the air outlet is smooth, thus solving the problem in the prior art that noise is easily generated due to gaps between the accommodation shell and the air-driving fan; and the first fan 200 is installed on the first inner seat 154 to form a
  • the independent air outlet module does not need to adjust the size matching relationship between the first fan 200 and the first housing 153 during manufacturing. This modular design makes product manufacturing easier.
  • the first inner seat 154 includes a first part and a second part that are connected to each other.
  • the first part forms a receiving cavity 1541
  • the second part includes a first air guide part 1543 and a second air guide part.
  • the first air guide part 1544 and the first air guide part 1543 are connected to one side of the second air guide part 1544.
  • the first air guide part 1543 and the second air guide part 1544 are both plate-like structures and are arranged at an angle to form a joint structure.
  • the air guide channel 1542 of the groove structure is both plate-like structures and are arranged at an angle to form a joint structure.
  • the first air guide part 1543 and the second air guide part 1544 can also be frame-shaped structures with lateral openings and the two are snap-connected to each other, thereby jointly forming the air guide channel 1542 of the duct structure.
  • the first inner seat 154 also needs to be provided with a ventilation opening at a position corresponding to the first air outlet 161.
  • the ventilation opening may be provided, for example, at the connection between the first air guide part 1543 and the second air guide part 1544, thereby allowing entry The wind in the air guide channel 1542 can be blown out from the first air outlet 161 through the vent.
  • the first part includes interconnected side walls 1545 and bottom walls 1546.
  • the side walls 1545 surround the bottom wall 1546 and form a receiving cavity 1541.
  • the bottom wall 1546 is provided with The installation column 1547 is located in the accommodation cavity 1541.
  • the first fan 200 is, for example, a centrifugal fan.
  • the side wall 1545 is correspondingly provided with a volute tongue portion 1548.
  • the volute tongue portion 1548 is provided adjacent to the top wall of the first housing 153.
  • the motor (not shown) of the first fan 200 is fixed on the mounting post 1547, and the blades of the first fan 200 are driven by the motor (not shown) to rotate to generate wind.
  • the first fan 200 and the first inner seat 154 can form a module.
  • the first inner seat can be The module composed of 154 and the first fan 200 can be quickly detached from the first housing 153 for replacement, which solves the problem in the prior art that the fan is not easy to disassemble and replace due to the fact that the fan is installed and fixed on the mounting column of the housing.
  • the side wall 1545 is provided with a first avoidance gap 1549 and a second avoidance gap 1540 that are oppositely arranged.
  • the connection point between the air guide channel 1542 and the accommodation cavity 1541 is located between the first avoidance gap 1549 and the second avoidance gap 1540 .
  • the first avoidance gap 1549 is provided adjacent to the top wall of the first housing 153
  • the second avoidance gap 1540 is provided adjacent to the bottom wall of the first housing 153.
  • the first inner seat of the notch 1549 and the second escape notch 1540, and the diameter of the blade of the first fan 200 remains unchanged, by setting the first escape notch 1549 and the second escape notch 1540 on the side wall 1545,
  • the thickness between the top wall and the bottom wall of the first housing 153 can be made thinner, and at the same time, the top wall and the bottom wall of the first housing 153 will not interfere with the blades of the first fan 200, so that The first fan 200 is installed more compactly inside the first housing 153 .
  • the first air outlet 161 includes a first sub-air outlet 1611 and a second sub-air outlet 1612
  • the air guide channel 1542 includes a first sub-channel 15421 and a second sub-channel 15422.
  • a sub-channel 15421 and a second sub-channel 15422 are respectively located on opposite sides of the first air guide part 1543.
  • the first sub-air outlet 1611 is connected to the accommodation cavity 1541 through the first sub-channel 15421
  • the second sub-air outlet 1612 is connected through the first sub-channel 15421.
  • the two sub-channels 15422 are connected to the accommodation cavity 1541, and a first sub-air outlet 1611 and a second sub-air outlet 1612 are provided side by side on one side of the first housing 153 to expand the air outlet of the portable temperature control device. range, the user experience is better.
  • the first sub-air outlet 1611 is independently connected to the accommodation cavity 1541 through the first sub-channel 15421
  • the second sub-air outlet 1612 is independently connected to the accommodation cavity 1541 through the second sub-channel 15422 to ensure The wind passing through the first sub-channel 15421 and the second sub-channel 15422 does not interfere with each other.
  • the first air guide part 1543 includes two sub-air guide parts 15431 close to one end of the first fan 200 and two extension parts 15432 respectively connected to the two sub-air guide parts 15431.
  • the two sub-air guide parts 15431 are close to the first air guide part 15431.
  • One ends of the fans 200 are connected to each other to form a V-shaped air guide end, which is beneficial to cutting the airflow generated by the first fan 200 into two parts flowing to the first sub-channel 15421 and the second sub-channel 15422 respectively, thereby reducing wind resistance.
  • the V-shaped air guide end is also connected to the side of the volute tongue 1548 away from the first fan 200, so that the wind can enter the first sub-channel 15421 and the second sub-channel 15422 more smoothly.
  • the distance between the two sub-air guides 15431 in the width direction of the first housing 153 is from the end close to the first fan 200 to the end away from the first fan 200 gradually increases in the direction, that is, gradually increases along the direction of air flow, and the two extension portions 15432 extend along the length direction of the first housing 153, are spaced apart from each other, and are parallel to each other.
  • the first inner seat 154 also includes a first air guide piece 162, a first blocking part 163, a second air guide piece 164 and a second blocking part 165.
  • One side of the first blocking part 163 is connected to one of the extension parts 15432
  • the first blocking portion 163 extends obliquely along the thickness direction of the first housing 153 .
  • the end of the first blocking portion 163 away from the first fan 200 is closer to the other end of the first blocking portion 163 closer to the first fan 200 .
  • the other end of the first blocking part 163 close to the first fan 200 is connected to the end of the second air guide part 1544 away from the first fan 200, and the wind generated by the first fan 200 blows into the second air guide part 1544.
  • the wind After entering a sub-channel 15421, the wind is blocked and guided by the first blocking part 163 and blown out from the first sub-air outlet 1611, so that the wind cannot pass through the first blocking part 163 and blow to a place further away from the first fan 200.
  • the two first air guide fins 162 are spaced apart in the first sub-channel 15421 and located between the accommodation cavity 1541 and the first blocking part 163.
  • One of the first air guide fins 162 The first air guide piece 162 extends obliquely along the thickness direction of the first housing 153. The end of the first air guide piece 162 away from the first fan 200 is relative to the first guide piece 15431.
  • the other end of the wind blade 162 is close to the first fan 200 and closer to the top wall of the first housing 153. There is a ventilation gap between the other end of the first wind guide blade 162 close to the first fan 200 and the second air guide part 1544.
  • One side of the second blocking part 165 is connected to one side of the other sub-air guide part 15431.
  • the second blocking part 165 extends obliquely along the thickness direction of the first housing 153.
  • the second blocking part 165 is away from one end of the first fan 200. Relative to the other end of the second blocking part 165 close to the first fan 200 and closer to the top wall of the first housing 153, the other end of the second blocking part 165 close to the first fan 200 and the second air guide part 1544 are away from the first One end of the fan 200 is connected.
  • the blocking part 165 blows farther away from the first fan 200.
  • the second air guide fin 164 is disposed in the first sub-channel 15421 and is located between the accommodation cavity 1541 and the second barrier. Between the parts 165, one side of the second air guide 164 is connected to one side of the other sub-air guide 15431.
  • the second air guide 164 extends obliquely along the thickness direction of the first housing 153.
  • the end of 164 away from the first fan 200 is disposed closer to the top wall of the first housing 153 than the other end of the second air guide 164 close to the first fan 200.
  • the second air guide 164 is close to the other end of the first fan 200.
  • the length of the first sub-channel 15421 can be set longer than the length of the second sub-channel 15422, so that the wind can flow from the second sub-channel 15422.
  • the air outlet 1611 blows out a wider range.
  • the side of the second air guide part 1544 away from the first air guide part 1543 and the first housing 153 jointly form a heat dissipation cavity 166, and the first inner seat 154 is provided with a connected heat dissipation cavity.
  • the vent 139 can be provided at the first part, or the second part, or the connection between the first part and the second part.
  • the first housing 153 is also provided with a heat dissipation cavity 166.
  • the heat dissipation port 14 is located on the side wall of the first housing 153 away from the human body's neck.
  • the battery 510, the circuit board 180, the heat sink 5 and other heating devices in the portable temperature control device can be accommodated in the In the heat dissipation cavity 166, part of the wind generated by the first fan 200 is blown into the heat dissipation cavity 166 through the vent 139.
  • the wind blows the heat emitted by the heating device out of the heat dissipation port 14, so that the heating device can be dissipated and avoid If the temperature of the heating device is too high, it may easily damage itself or affect the temperature regulating performance of the portable temperature regulating device.
  • a cover 60 can be further connected to the side wall of the first housing 153 away from the human body's neck.
  • the cover 60 is provided with a first through hole array 601 at a position corresponding to the first air inlet 151.
  • the cover 60 corresponds to the heat dissipation vent.
  • a second through hole array 602 is provided at the position 14.
  • the first through hole array 601 of the cover 60 prevents hair or clothes from being entangled in the first fan 200.
  • the second through hole array 602 of the cover 60 can also prevent human body from accidentally Trigger hot components can cause burns.
  • the portable temperature regulating device further includes a heat dissipation member 5, a temperature control member 4 and a heat conduction member 2.
  • the heat dissipation member 5 is disposed in the heat dissipation cavity 166.
  • the heat conduction member 2 is connected to the first shell.
  • the body 153 is fixedly connected, and the heat conducting member 2 is exposed outside the first housing 153.
  • the heat conducting member 2 is, for example, disposed on the side wall of the first housing 153 close to the neck of the human body.
  • the heat dissipating member 5 and the heat conducting member 2 are respectively connected with the body 153.
  • the temperature-regulating part 4 is connected by heat conduction.
  • the temperature-regulating part 4 is specifically a semiconductor refrigeration piece.
  • the temperature-conducting part 2 is an aluminum alloy temperature-conducting part.
  • the temperature-regulating part 4 works, it can transfer cold energy to the temperature-conducting part 2.
  • the temperature-conducting part 2 is in At the same time, the heat generated by the thermostat 4 is transferred to the heat sink 5, which dissipates the heat in the heat dissipation cavity 166.
  • the wind generated by the first fan 200 blows part of the wind to the heat dissipation chamber 166.
  • the cavity 166 carries the heat dissipated by the heat sink 5 and blows out from the heat dissipation port 14 .
  • the temperature regulating member 4 can also transfer heat to the heat conducting member 2, and the heat conducting member 2 can then transfer the heat to the human body for heating.
  • the first inner seat 154 also includes a mounting part 167 and a blocking part 168.
  • the mounting part 167 is connected to an end of the second air guide part 1544 away from the first part, and the mounting part 167 and the first air guide part 1543 are located at the second air guide part 1544.
  • the blocking portion 168 is connected to the mounting portion 167 and the second air guiding portion 1544 respectively.
  • the blocking portion 168, the mounting portion 167, the second air guiding portion 1544 and the first housing 153 are jointly formed for storage.
  • the heat insulation cavity 169 and the barrier portion 168 of the power supply are located between the heat insulation cavity 169 and the heat dissipation cavity 166.
  • the power supply is a battery 510, which is used to supply power to power-consuming units, such as the first fan 200 and the temperature regulating component 4. Since the space inside the first housing 153 is limited, in order to prevent the heat in the heat dissipation cavity 166 from being transferred to the power supply, the blocking portion 168 is used to separate the power supply from the heat dissipation cavity 166 to ensure that the power supply is not affected by the heat in the heat dissipation cavity 166 .
  • the heat sink 5 includes a base plate 56, an extension portion 57 and a heat sink 55.
  • the heat sink 55 is connected to one side of the base plate 56 and located in the heat dissipation cavity 166.
  • the extension portion 57 is connected to the base plate.
  • One end of 56 is located between the heat conducting member 2 and the second part.
  • the extension 57 and the base plate 56 are thermally conductively connected to the temperature regulating member 4. Specifically, there are multiple heat sinks 55, and multiple heat fins are arranged at intervals.
  • an extension part 57 is connected to one end of the base plate 56, and both the extension part 57 and the base plate 56 are connected to the temperature regulating member 4, so that the size of the temperature regulating member 4 can be made larger to increase its temperature regulation.
  • the heat conduction area between the heat sink 5 and the temperature control member 4 is increased through the arrangement of the extension portion 57 and the base plate 56 , thereby improving the heat dissipation capability of the heat sink 5 to the temperature control member 4 .
  • the first inner seat 154 is also provided with an escape opening 176.
  • the escape opening 176 is located directly below the second sub-channel 15422 near the first fan 200, and the escape opening 176 is connected with the heat dissipation cavity 166.
  • the extension 57 is provided at the escape opening. 176 to prevent the heat sink 5 from interfering with the first inner seat 154, and the heat sink 55 is integrally placed in the heat dissipation cavity 166, so that the heat sink 5 and the first inner seat 154 can be compactly installed inside the first housing 153 .
  • the heat conducting member 2 is provided with a pearlescent paint layer, or the heat conducting member 2 is mixed with pearlescent powder.
  • the pearlescent paint layer is mainly formed by pearlescent paint.
  • Pearlescent paint also called mica paint, is a reflective topcoat that uses mica instead of aluminum particles. Mica pigments coated with titanium dioxide and iron oxide are added to the paint base. , the light will be refracted after hitting the mica particles, so that the thermal conductive member 2 presents a cooler visual effect.
  • the pearlescent powder can be pearlescent white (i.e. white pearlescent powder), and the light will be refracted when it hits the pearlescent powder, which can also make the thermal conductive member 2 present a cooler visual effect.
  • a temperature-sensitive layer is provided on the surface of the heat-conducting member 2.
  • the temperature-sensitive layer may be temperature-sensitive ink.
  • the temperature-sensitive layer may exhibit different patterns according to the temperature change of the heat-conducting member 2. Color, thereby making it easier for users to identify the temperature of the thermal conductor 2 and making the thermal conductor 2 present a cooler visual effect. For example, when the temperature of the thermal conductor 2 does not exceed 31°C, the temperature-sensitive layer appears blue. When the temperature of the thermal conductive member 2 exceeds 31°C, the temperature-sensitive layer appears orange.
  • the temperature-sensitive layer can also be set to present other color changes according to user needs.
  • the ninth embodiment of the present application provides a small centrifugal impeller 30, which can be applied to a portable temperature control device as in any one of the aforementioned first to eighth embodiments.
  • the small centrifugal impeller 30 includes, for example, a hub 31 and a plurality of fan blades 32 . It is worth mentioning here that the small centrifugal impeller 30 refers to a small wind wheel that takes in air in an axial direction and discharges air in a radial direction, and uses centrifugal force to do work to increase the pressure of the air.
  • the hub 31 is, for example, used to provide support for the plurality of fan blades 32, and the hub 31 is, for example, used to accommodate the rotor and stator of the fan assembly.
  • the hub 31 includes, for example, a first end surface 311 , a second end surface 312 and an outer surface 313 .
  • the first end surface 311 and the second end surface 312 are arranged oppositely, and the outer surface 313 is connected between the first end surface 311 and the second end surface 312 .
  • the plurality of fan blades 32 are connected to the outer side 313 and are arranged around the hub 31 . More specifically, the plurality of fan blades 32 are arranged at intervals along the circumferential direction of the outer side 313 .
  • the plurality of fan blades 32 extend beyond the second end face 312 in the first direction from the first end face 311 to the second end face 312 to enclose an air inlet space SP1. That is, the air inlet space SP1 is located on the second end face 312 away from the first end face 312. One side of end face 311.
  • the embodiment of the present application ensures the air inlet and outlet effect of the small centrifugal impeller 30 by connecting the plurality of fan blades 32 to the outer side 313 of the hub 31 through the arrangement of the multiple fan blades 32 and the air inlet space SP1, and the hub
  • the setting of 31 ensures that the small centrifugal impeller 30 can still be installed with a small motor of a small centrifugal fan, and by omitting the partition structure in the prior art, the weight of the small centrifugal impeller 30 is reduced, thereby reducing the torque of the small motor. This in turn reduces the heat generated by the small motor or allows the small motor to maintain a stable speed, thereby ensuring the service life of the small centrifugal fan and the stability of the air output.
  • the contour dimension D2 of one end of the plurality of fan blades 32 adjacent to the second end surface 312 is larger than the contour dimension D1 of one end of the plurality of fan blades 32 adjacent to the first end surface 311 .
  • Such an arrangement can make the plurality of fans
  • the end of the blade 32 adjacent to the second end surface 312 has enough space to provide a larger air inlet space SP1.
  • the outline size of the plurality of fan blades 32 gradually increases. In this way, a draft angle can be formed on the outer periphery of the plurality of fan blades 32, which is beneficial to the demoulding of the small centrifugal impeller 30. .
  • each fan blade 32 includes, for example, a blade portion 321 and a connecting portion 322 .
  • the blade portion 321 extends beyond the second end surface 312 in the first direction to enclose the air inlet space SP1.
  • the connecting portion 322 is connected between the blade portion 321 and the outer side 313 , and the connecting portion 322 is connected to an end of the outer side 313 adjacent to the first end surface 311 .
  • the size W1 of the connecting portion 322 is smaller than the size W2 of the blade portion 321, so that an air inlet gap SP4 is formed between the blade portion 321 and the outer surface 313, and the air inlet gap SP4 communicates with the air inlet space SP1.
  • a ventilation gap SP5 is formed between the connecting portions 322 of two adjacent fan blades 32, and the ventilation gap SP5 is connected to the air inlet gap SP4.
  • the multiple connecting portions 322 can also perform work on the air flow. , which is beneficial to improving the blowing effect of the small centrifugal impeller 30.
  • the small centrifugal impeller 30 also includes reinforcing ribs 33 , and the reinforcing ribs 33 are connected to the plurality of blade parts 321 , which can improve the overall rigidity and strength of the multiple blade parts 321 .
  • the reinforcing ribs 33 include, for example, first reinforcing ribs 331 , and the first reinforcing ribs 331 are connected to one end of the plurality of blade portions 321 adjacent to the second end surface 312 . Further, the reinforcing ribs 33 also include, for example, second reinforcing ribs 332. The second reinforcing ribs 332 are connected to one end of the plurality of blade portions 321 adjacent to the first end surface 311. The first reinforcing ribs 331 are on a projection plane perpendicular to the first direction.
  • the first projection area T331 is offset from the second projection area T332 of the second reinforcing rib 332 on the projection plane, that is, the first projection area T331 and the second projection area T332 do not overlap. In this way, it is beneficial to improve the first projection area T331. Convenience in forming the reinforcing rib 331 and the second reinforcing rib 332.
  • the plurality of fan blades 32 extend beyond the first end surface 311 in the direction opposite to the first direction to enclose an escape space SP2. That is, the escape space SP2 is located on the first end surface 311 away from the second end surface 311 .
  • the avoidance space SP2 is used to accommodate the circuit board of the fan assembly, which not only effectively prevents the circuit board from contacting or scratching the small centrifugal impeller 30, thereby avoiding product damage, but also reduces the overall height of the small centrifugal fan.
  • the hub 31 is provided with an accommodating cavity SP3.
  • the opening of the accommodating cavity SP3 is located on the first end face 311.
  • the accommodating cavity SP3 is used to install a small motor of a small centrifugal fan.
  • a rotating shaft mounting portion 34 is provided at the middle position of the first end surface 311 .
  • the rotating shaft mounting portion 34 extends into the air inlet space SP1 along the first direction, so that the rotating shaft mounting portion 34 has a sufficient height for installation.
  • the rotating shaft also reduces the space occupied by the accommodating cavity SP3 to facilitate the accommodating cavity SP3 to install a small motor of a small centrifugal fan.
  • the rotating shaft mounting part 34 is provided with a rotating shaft through hole 341, which is used to install the rotating shaft to reduce radial shaking between the rotor and the stator.
  • a tenth embodiment of the present application provides a portable temperature control device.
  • the portable temperature regulating device is, for example, a hanging neck fan, or it can also be a handheld portable fan or other fans.
  • the portable temperature control device includes, for example, a main body 11 and a small centrifugal impeller 30 .
  • a volute 19 is provided inside the main body 11 .
  • the small centrifugal impeller 30 is installed in the volute 19.
  • the small centrifugal impeller 30 is, for example, the small centrifugal impeller provided in the ninth embodiment.
  • the portable temperature control device also includes a small motor, such as a stepper motor, for driving the small centrifugal impeller 30 to rotate.
  • Small electric machines include, for example, a rotor and a stator.
  • the stator is fixed on the inner wall of the main body 11 , and the rotor is sleeved outside the stator and can rotate relative to the stator.
  • the rotor is connected to the hub 31 of the small centrifugal impeller 30 .
  • the portable temperature control device is, for example, a hanging fan. Therefore, the main body 11 is bent to form the wearing space 10 .
  • An air inlet 15 is provided on the side of the main body 11 away from the wearing space 10 .
  • the air inlet 15 communicates with the volute 19 and corresponds to the air inlet space SP1 of the small centrifugal impeller 30 .
  • the air inlet space SP1 can be formed into a low-resistance and high-negative-pressure space, so that the airflow entering through the air inlet 15 will be sucked into the air inlet space SP1.
  • the small centrifugal impeller 30 only takes in air from one side, that is, the airflow entering from the air inlet 15 only enters the air inlet space SP1 from the direction opposite to the first direction, so that only one single side can be provided on the corresponding main body 11 .
  • Side air inlet 15. Specifically, by only arranging the air inlet 15 on the side of the main body 11 away from the wearing space 10 , the possibility of the user's hair being sucked into the air inlet 15 and the volute 19 can be reduced, and the possibility of hair entangled with the small centrifugal impeller 30 can be reduced. possibility, improving product safety.
  • the number of air inlets 15 may be multiple. The multiple air inlets 15 are all provided on the side of the main body 11 away from the wearing space 10 , that is, the side of the main body 11 adjacent to the wearing space 10 . No air inlet 15 is provided.
  • the blade portion 321 of each fan blade 32 has an outer edge 323 and an inner edge 324.
  • the bending direction of each blade portion 321 extending from the inner edge 324 to the outer edge 323 is along the rotation direction of the small centrifugal impeller 30; accordingly, the small centrifugal impeller 30 is a forward-inclined centrifugal impeller, and for forward-inclined
  • the centrifugal impeller has a large air outlet pressure at low speeds, so a small motor with a smaller power can be used, which is conducive to the miniaturization design of the centrifugal impeller.
  • the airflow entering the interior of the small centrifugal impeller 30 continues in the rotating direction of the small centrifugal impeller 30 under the action of each blade portion 321 along the space where the distance between the small centrifugal impeller 30 and the inner wall of the volute 19 gradually increases. is enhanced, whereby the air outlet pressure of the small centrifugal impeller 30 can be further increased, thereby improving the air outlet effect of the small centrifugal impeller 30 .
  • a volute 19 is formed in the main body 11 , the small centrifugal impeller 30 is located in the volute 19 , and the outer edges 323 of each blade 321 collectively form an outer circle.
  • the ratio of the distance L1 between (having diameter D) and the tongue of the volute 19 relative to the diameter D of the outer circle is L1/D, where L1 is small, the air volume is large but the noise is large (the airflow impact is obvious); conversely, L1 is large , the noise becomes smaller, but there will be cyclic backflow and the air volume also becomes smaller; therefore, the value range of L1/D is preferably 0.05 ⁇ 0.1, that is, the value range of the distance L1 is 0.05D ⁇ 0.1D.
  • the ratio of the outlet size L3 of the volute 19 to the diameter D of the outer circle is L3/D.
  • the outlet size L3 here is the distance from the side wall opposite to the volute tongue at the outlet of the volute 19 to the volute tongue; Among them, if L3 is small, the air outlet area is small. On the contrary, if L3 is large, the volute profile will be shortened and the pressure accumulation will be insufficient; therefore, the value range of L3/D is preferably 0.8 to 1.2, which is the value range of the distance L3 It is 0.8D ⁇ 1.2D.
  • the air inlet 15 is, for example, a mesh structure, and the outer edge diameter D1 of the projection area on the projection plane perpendicular to the first direction is larger than the diameter of the inner circle of the small centrifugal impeller 30 d and smaller than the diameter D of the outer circle; in other words, the outer edge of the projection area of the air inlet 15 on the projection plane perpendicular to the first direction is located between the inner edge 324 and the outer edge 323 of each blade portion 321 . In this way, the air inlet area of the small centrifugal impeller 30 can be effectively increased.
  • the conventional design size of the air inlet 15 of the small centrifugal impeller 30 is D1 ⁇ d, but the size of the small centrifugal impeller 30 is small.
  • the air inlet 15 needs to be enlarged; but it cannot be If the air inlet 15 is opened too large to D1 ⁇ D, this will cause pressure relief and make the outlet air pressure of the small centrifugal impeller 30 weak.
  • a small centrifugal impeller 30 provided in the eleventh embodiment of the present application can be applied to a portable temperature control device as in any one of the aforementioned first to eighth embodiments.
  • the small centrifugal impeller 30 includes: a hub 31 and a plurality of fan blades 32 arranged around the periphery of the hub 31 .
  • the small centrifugal impeller 30 is provided with a connecting disk 35 that surrounds and is connected to the hub 31 .
  • a plurality of fan blades 32 are spaced on the connecting disk 35 along the circumferential direction of the connecting disk 35 , thereby realizing that the multiple fan blades 32 surround the connecting disk 35 . And fixedly connected to the hub 31.
  • the plurality of fan blades 32 can also be directly connected and fixed to the peripheral side of the hub 31 .
  • the small centrifugal impeller 30 of this embodiment typically refers to a small wind wheel that takes in air in the axial direction and discharges the air in the radial direction, and uses centrifugal force to do work to increase the pressure of the air.
  • the inner circle formed by the inner edges 324 of the plurality of fan blades 32 has a diameter d
  • the outer circle formed by the outer edges 323 of the plurality of fan blades 32 has a diameter D.
  • the ratio d/D of the diameter d of the inner circle to the diameter D of the outer circle is called the wheel diameter ratio (that is, the ratio of the inner and outer circle diameters).
  • each fan blade 32 ranges from 3.75mm to 10.75mm, which can ensure the effective working area size of each fan blade 32 and increase the air outlet pressure when the small centrifugal impeller is working, thereby effectively solving the problem of small centrifugal fans.
  • the chord length L here is defined as the linear distance between the inner edge 324 and the outer edge 323 of the fan blade 32 (that is, the linear distance between the inner and outer edges).
  • each fan blade 32 has the same chord length L.
  • the diameter D of the outer circle of the small centrifugal impeller 30 ranges from 28 mm to 47 mm, for example. More specifically, although reducing the wheel diameter ratio d/D can make each fan blade 32 have a larger effective working area size, if the wheel diameter ratio d/D is designed to be too small, for example, less than 0.5, it will cause each fan blade 32 to have a larger effective working area. The inner space of the inner edge 324 of the blade 32 is too small. On the one hand, the air inlet space of the small centrifugal impeller is too small, resulting in insufficient air inlet volume, thus affecting the air outlet effect.
  • the lower limit of the wheel diameter ratio is set to 0.5 and the upper limit of the chord length is set to 10.75mm; conversely, although increasing the wheel diameter ratio d/D can make each
  • the inner space of the inner edge 324 of the fan blade 32 increases, thereby increasing the air inlet space of the small centrifugal impeller to obtain a larger air inlet volume.
  • the embodiment of the present application Set the upper limit of the wheel diameter ratio to 0.85 and the lower limit of the chord length to 3.75 mm.
  • the wheel diameter ratio d/D of the small centrifugal impeller 30 ranges from 0.6 to 0.8, which can further ensure the effective working area size of each fan blade 32, thereby increasing the air output of the small centrifugal impeller 30. Wind pressure is used to enhance the air outlet effect of the small centrifugal impeller 30. In a preferred embodiment, the wheel diameter ratio d/D of the small centrifugal impeller 30 is 0.7.
  • each fan blade 32 has the same height h in the axial direction of the hub 31 , and the value range of the ratio h/D of the height h relative to the diameter D of the outer circle is, for example, 0.2. ⁇ 0.5, that is, the value range of the height h is 0.2D ⁇ 0.5D; this value range is conducive to the thin design of the small centrifugal impeller 30 so that it can be applied to portable electronic devices.
  • the ratio h/D of the height h relative to the diameter D of the outer circle ranges from 0.25 to 0.4, that is, the value range of the height h ranges from 0.25D to 0.4D, preferably 0.3D.
  • the small centrifugal impeller 30 further includes reinforcing ribs 33, and the reinforcing ribs 33 are provided on the air inlet side of the plurality of fan blades 32 adjacent to the small centrifugal impeller 30.
  • the outermost edge 333 of the reinforcing rib 33 is flush with the outer edges 323 of the plurality of fan blades 32 in the radial direction of the hub 31 or protrudes from the outer edges of the plurality of fan blades 32 edge 323, so that the reinforcing ribs 33 can not only connect the front ends of each fan blade 32 together to avoid deformation of each fan blade 32, but also prevent the reinforcing ribs 33 from covering the front end surface of each fan blade 32.
  • the area directly above each fan blade 32 can also be used as an air inlet area to increase the air inlet area of the entire small centrifugal impeller 30 . In a preferred embodiment, as shown in FIG.
  • the inner surface of the reinforcing rib 33 is fixedly connected to the outer edges 323 of the plurality of fan blades 32 , and the outermost edge 333 of the reinforcing rib 33 is located in the radial direction of the hub 31
  • the outside of the outer edge 323 that is, the reinforcing rib 33 extends outward at a non-zero distance relative to the outer edge 323 in the radial direction of the hub 31 , so that the front end surface of each fan blade 32 is not covered by the reinforcing rib 33 at all.
  • the top surface of the reinforcing rib 33 (that is, the surface adjacent to the air inlet side of the centrifugal fan 10 ) is flush with the front end surface of each fan blade 32 .
  • the number of multiple fan blades 32 disposed on the same side of the connecting plate 35 is greater than or equal to 25 and less than or equal to 35, preferably 30 or 32.
  • the wind resistance and outlet wind pressure of the small centrifugal impeller can be reasonably controlled. Among them, if the number of fan blades 32 is large, the small centrifugal impeller is not only heavy, but also has large wind resistance; if the number of fan blades 32 is small, although the wind resistance is small, the overall effective work area of the small centrifugal impeller is small, and the air outlet wind Not enough pressure.
  • each fan blade 32 extending from the inner edge 324 to the outer edge 323 is along the rotation direction of the small centrifugal impeller 30; accordingly, the small centrifugal impeller 30 is the front Inclined centrifugal impeller, and for forward-inclined centrifugal impeller, at low speed, the fan blade outlet air pressure is large, a smaller power motor can be selected, which is conducive to the miniaturization design of the centrifugal impeller.
  • a conical structure is provided on the side of the hub 31 adjacent to the air inlet side of the small centrifugal impeller 30 (or called the front side of the hub).
  • the conical structure here can be used as a guide.
  • the flow structure prevents the airflow from forming a vortex at the air inlet of the small centrifugal impeller 30, thereby allowing the airflow to enter the inside of the small centrifugal impeller 30 more evenly and reducing the noise at the air inlet.
  • the small centrifugal impeller 30 is an integrally formed structure, and the material used may be plastic; however, the embodiment of the present application is not limited to this.
  • the small centrifugal impeller of this embodiment reasonably controls the value range of the wheel diameter ratio d/D and controls the value range of the chord length L of each fan blade.
  • the parameters of the small centrifugal impeller are defined as the wheel diameter ratio is greater than Equal to 0.5 and less than or equal to 0.85, and the fan blade chord length is greater than or equal to 3.75 mm and less than or equal to 10.75 mm, thereby ensuring the effective working area size of each fan blade, thereby ensuring the outlet air pressure of the small centrifugal impeller, thereby making the small centrifugal
  • the fan has high-quality air output.
  • a centrifugal fan 3 provided in the twelfth embodiment of the present application includes a motor 36 and a small centrifugal impeller 30.
  • the motor 36 is mechanically coupled to the small centrifugal impeller 30.
  • the small centrifugal impeller 30 of the centrifugal fan 3 in this embodiment reference can be made to the related structures shown in FIGS. 65 to 70 of the eleventh embodiment, and therefore will not be described again here.
  • the motor 36 can be a single-phase two-wire motor or a three-phase three-wire motor, and preferably a three-phase three-wire motor. Compared with single-phase two-wire motors, three-phase three-wire motors have low power, low noise, and energy saving.
  • the magnetic ring 361 ie, the rotor
  • the motor 36 is suitable for being accommodated in the hub 31 (see Figure 66) of the small centrifugal impeller 30. It can be a rubber magnetic ring or a neodymium iron boron magnetic ring, and is preferably NdFeB magnetic ring.
  • the magnetic ring uses a neodymium iron boron magnetic ring.
  • a single-phase two-wire motor generally refers to a small-power single-phase asynchronous motor powered by a single-phase AC power supply. This kind of motor usually has two-phase windings on the stator. The distribution of the two-phase windings on the stator and the power supply situation Different starting characteristics and operating characteristics can be produced.
  • a three-phase three-wire motor has a symmetrical three-phase winding on the stator, and the rotor is composed of fixed-polarity magnetic poles with the same number of poles as the stator winding.
  • the fixed-polarity magnetic poles are generated by the DC current connected to the magnetic pole excitation winding.
  • embodiments of the present application also provide a portable electronic device, which includes, for example, a housing and a centrifugal fan accommodated in the housing.
  • the centrifugal fan here can be the centrifugal fan 3 shown in Figure 71, so its specific structure will not be described again.
  • the internal storage space of the casing is generally limited. In order to realize its blowing, heat dissipation and other functions, it is an inevitable trend to use centrifugal fans with small centrifugal impellers.
  • the thirteenth embodiment of the present application provides a fan speed regulation circuit, which can be used, for example, to implement fan speed regulation in a portable temperature regulation device as in any one of the aforementioned first to eighth embodiments.
  • the fan speed regulating circuit includes a power module 500 , a pulse width modulation module 600 and a fan motor 36 .
  • the power module 500 includes a first output terminal, and the power module 500 is used to output a certain voltage through the first output terminal.
  • the pulse width modulation module 600 is electrically connected to the power module 500.
  • the pulse width modulation module 600 includes a second output terminal. The pulse width modulation module 600 is used to output a pulse width modulation signal through the second output terminal.
  • the fan motor 36 includes a motor negative pole, a motor positive pole and a motor control terminal.
  • the motor negative pole is grounded, the motor positive pole is electrically connected to the first output terminal, and the motor control terminal is electrically connected to the second output terminal.
  • the pulse width modulation signal is a PWM (Pulse width modulation) signal.
  • the power module 500 is connected to the motor anode to provide a fixed voltage for the fan motor 36. There is no need to set up an additional boost circuit, which can simplify circuit design and save circuit preparation costs.
  • Different rotation speeds of the fan motor 36 can be achieved by the pulse width modulation module 600 outputting PWM signals with different duty cycles, and since the voltage output by the power supply module 500 to the positive pole of the motor is constant (for example, 5V remains unchanged), the rotation speed is adjusted more easily. It is precise and can realize stepless adjustment of speed and improve endurance performance.
  • the number of fan motors 36 in this embodiment may be one, two, or other numbers, which is not limited by this embodiment. Multiple fan motors 36 can be connected in parallel.
  • the power module 500 may specifically include a battery 510 , a battery charging management chip 520 , and a charging and discharging unit 530 .
  • the battery 510 includes a positive electrode and a negative electrode, and the negative electrode of the battery is grounded.
  • the charging and discharging unit 530 is connected to the positive electrode of the battery and includes the aforementioned first output terminal.
  • the charging and discharging unit 530 is used to charge or discharge the battery 510 .
  • the battery charge management chip 520 is electrically connected between the battery positive electrode and the charge and discharge unit 530, and is used to step down the input current when the battery 510 is charging and then output it to the battery positive electrode, or to reduce the input current when the battery 510 is discharging.
  • the charging and discharging unit 530 specifically includes a charging socket USB1, a first field effect transistor Q1, and a second field effect transistor Q2.
  • Charging socket USB1 is used to connect to external power supply.
  • the source of the first field effect transistor Q1 is electrically connected to the charging socket USB1, and the drain of the first field effect transistor Q1 is electrically connected to the battery charging management chip 520.
  • the drain of the second field effect transistor Q2 is electrically connected to the drain of the first field effect transistor Q1, and the source of the second field effect transistor Q2 is electrically connected to the first output terminal.
  • the battery charge management chip 520 may be, for example, a SW6206 management chip.
  • a resistor R1 is also connected between the charge and discharge unit 530 and the battery charging management chip 520, and an inductor L1 is also connected between the battery charging management chip 520 and the battery 510.
  • This embodiment does not charge the battery.
  • the specific components in the management chip 520 and the charging and discharging unit 530 will be explained one by one.
  • the design of the power module 500 may refer to the specific circuit diagram shown in Figure 74, or may also be configured with reference to other power supplies that can provide a fixed voltage. In this implementation Examples are not limited to this.
  • the pulse width modulation module 600 includes, for example, a pulse width modulation chip 610.
  • the pulse width modulation chip 610 includes the second output terminal for outputting a pulse width modulation signal.
  • the pulse width modulation chip 610 is, for example, a PB-03 chip.
  • the 19th pin is the second output terminal and can output the pulse width modulation signal to the motor control terminal of the fan motor 36 .
  • the pulse width modulation chip 610 also includes a first input terminal.
  • the pulse width modulation module 600 also includes a voltage stabilizing unit 620, which is electrically connected between the power module 500 and the first input terminal to provide stability for the pulse width modulation chip 610. input voltage.
  • the third pin of the pulse width modulation chip 610 is the first input terminal.
  • the circuit structure of the voltage stabilizing unit 620 can be shown in FIG. 76 , specifically including a first Schottky diode D3, a second Schottky diode D4, a voltage stabilizing chip U4, a first capacitor C26, a second capacitor C25 and the third capacitor C24.
  • the positive electrode of the first Schottky diode D3 is electrically connected to the positive electrode of the battery.
  • the anode of the second Schottky diode D4 is electrically connected between the charge and discharge unit 530 and the battery charge management chip 520 .
  • the cathode of the second Schottky diode D4 is electrically connected to the cathode of the first Schottky diode D3.
  • the voltage stabilizing chip U4 includes an input pin, an output pin and a ground pin.
  • the input pin of the voltage stabilizing chip U4 is connected to the cathode of the first Schottky diode D3, and the output pin of the voltage stabilizing chip U4 is connected to the pulse width modulation chip 610.
  • the first input terminal that is, the third pin of the pulse width modulation chip 610 in Figure 75
  • the ground pin of the voltage stabilizing chip U4 is connected to the ground.
  • One end of the first capacitor C26 is electrically connected to the input pin of the voltage stabilizing chip U4, and the other end is connected to ground.
  • One end of the second capacitor C25 is electrically connected to the output pin of the voltage stabilizing chip U4, and the other end is connected to ground.
  • the third capacitor C24 is connected in parallel with the second capacitor.
  • the first Schottky diode D3 and the second Schottky diode D4 may be, for example, 1N5819 type diodes, and the voltage stabilizing chip U4 may be, for example, an HT7533 type chip.
  • the anode of the second Schottky diode D4 is specifically connected to the VOUTC pin between the resistor R1 and the charge and discharge unit 530 in FIG. 74 .
  • the pulse width modulation module 600 further includes, for example, a switch unit 630 for adjusting the pulse width modulation signal output by the pulse width modulation chip 610 .
  • the switch unit 630 has a first connection terminal and a second connection terminal. The first connection terminal is electrically connected to the pulse width modulation chip 610 and the second connection terminal is grounded.
  • the first connection end of the switch unit 630 includes a first switch pin and a second switch pin
  • the corresponding pulse width modulation chip 610 includes a first control pin and a second control pin.
  • the first switch pin The pin is connected to the first control pin
  • the second switch pin is connected to the second control pin.
  • the switch unit 630 also includes a first switch SW1 and a second switch SW2.
  • the first switch is electrically connected between the first switch pin and the second connection terminal
  • the second switch is electrically connected between the second switch pin and the second connection terminal. between.
  • the pulse width modulation chip 610 is used to control starting and stopping of the fan motor 36 in response to the action of the first switch
  • the pulse width modulation chip 610 is also used to control the duty cycle of the pulse width modulation signal in response to the action of the second switch. Comparing Figure 75 and Figure 77 , that is, the 16th pin on the pulse width modulation chip 610 is connected to the first switch pin, and the first switch SW1 and the second switch SW2 are, for example, SW-PB2 type key switches.
  • the switch unit 630 further includes, for example, a resistor R26 disposed between the first switch pin and the first switch SW1, and a resistor R40 disposed between the second switch pin and the second switch SW2.
  • the fan speed regulating circuit also includes a motor protection unit connected in parallel between the motor positive electrode and the motor negative electrode of the fan motor 36.
  • the motor protection unit includes a diode D2 and a protection capacitor C18.
  • the anode capacitor of the diode D2 Connect the negative pole of the motor, and the negative pole of diode D2 is electrically connected to the positive pole of the motor.
  • the protective capacitor C18 and the diode D2 are connected in parallel between the positive pole of the motor and the negative pole of the motor.
  • the motor protection unit can consume the electric energy generated when the fan motor 36 stops working, perform energy recovery, and prevent the fan motor 36 from being damaged.
  • the portable speed-adjusting fan further includes a casing accommodating the fan speed-adjusting circuit, fixed on the fan.
  • the fan blades on the motor 36 can be assembled in a conventional portable fan manner, which is not limited by this embodiment.
  • the wind speed adjustment step of the speed regulation fan can reach 1%, achieving stepless speed regulation effect, making speed regulation more flexible and easier to use. And there is no need to add an additional boost circuit, and the cost can be greatly reduced.
  • a fan assembly provided in the fourteenth embodiment of the present application can be, for example, a centrifugal fan as in any one of the foregoing first to eighth embodiments.
  • the fan assembly includes: an impeller 30 , a motor 36 and a control chip 37 .
  • the motor 36 may, for example, include a stator 362 and a rotor 361.
  • the rotor 361 may rotate relative to the stator.
  • the stator 362 includes at least two pairs of windings.
  • the rotor 361 is arranged around the periphery of the at least two pairs of windings, and the rotor 361 is connected to the impeller 30; control The chip 37 is electrically connected to the at least two pairs of windings, and the control chip 37 is used to control the rotor 361 to drive the impeller 30 to rotate by controlling changes in the magnetic field on the at least two pairs of windings.
  • the impeller 30 may, for example, include a hub 31 and fan blades 32 provided on the hub 31 .
  • the impeller 30 may also be provided with a rotating shaft 38 , for example.
  • the motor 36 may also include a rotating shaft mounting portion 34 .
  • the first end of the rotating shaft 38 is connected to the impeller 30 , and the second end of the rotating shaft 38 is connected to the impeller 30 .
  • the second end of the rotating shaft 38 is inserted into the rotating shaft mounting part 34, and the second end of the rotating shaft 38 can rotate relative to the rotating shaft mounting part 34;
  • the fan assembly may also include a fixed shaft, for example, and the fixed shaft may be provided with a shaft hole.
  • a rotating shaft mounting part 34 is installed, and the second end of the rotating shaft 38 rotates relatively with the fixed shaft in the rotating shaft mounting part 34 .
  • the rotor 361 may, for example, be housed within the hub 31 of the impeller 30 .
  • the rotor 361 may be, for example, a rubber magnetic ring or a neodymium iron boron magnetic ring.
  • the rotor 361 is a neodymium iron boron magnetic ring.
  • the rotor 361 uses a neodymium iron boron magnetic ring.
  • the thickness of the same magnetic flux will be thinner, which can provide more space for the stator 362, so that the stator 362 can be set as a three-phase three-wire motor to reduce power.
  • the thickness of the rubber magnetic ring is usually greater than 1 mm, and the thickness of the NdFeB magnetic ring may be less than 0.8 mm.
  • the thickness of the rotor 361 provided in this embodiment is less than 0.8 mm.
  • the stator 362 may, for example, further include a motor bracket 363 on which at least two pairs of windings are disposed.
  • the at least two pairs of windings may, for example, include two pairs of windings, each pair of windings including a first winding 364 and a second winding 365.
  • the two pairs of windings may include, for example, a pair of main windings and a pair of auxiliary windings, with the pair of main windings including The first winding 364 and the second winding 365, and the pair of secondary windings also include the first winding 364 and the second winding 365.
  • a pair of main windings and a pair of auxiliary windings are arranged vertically on the motor bracket 363, that is, the two first windings 364 of the main winding and the auxiliary winding are arranged adjacent to each other.
  • the second winding 365 is arranged adjacently.
  • the stator 362 may include, for example, a first winding 366 and a silicon steel sheet 367.
  • the motor bracket 363 may be provided with four winding parts 368, for example.
  • the first winding 366 may be, for example, an enameled wire.
  • Enameled wire is a main type of winding wire. It consists of a conductor and an insulating layer. The bare wire is softened by annealing and then painted and baked multiple times.
  • Silicon steel sheet 367 also known as electrical steel sheet and silicon steel sheet, refers to a ferrosilicon soft magnetic alloy with extremely low carbon content (after annealing, the carbon content is less than 0.005%). Generally, the silicon content is 0.5% to 4.5%. %, adding silicon to iron can increase its resistivity and maximum magnetic permeability.
  • the silicon steel sheet 367 may, for example, have multiple layers and be connected to the motor bracket 363 . Parts of the silicon steel sheet 367 may, for example, be wrapped in the four winding parts 368 of the motor bracket 363 .
  • the outside of the silicon steel sheet 367 protrudes from the motor bracket 363 Outside, the inner side of the silicon steel sheet 367 protrudes from the middle hole of the motor bracket 363.
  • the rotating shaft mounting portion 34 is accommodated in the middle hole of the motor bracket 363 and is spaced apart from the inner side of the silicon steel sheet 367.
  • the fixed shaft is clamped and fixed.
  • the first winding 366 is wound around the four winding parts 368 in turn to form a pair of main windings and a pair of auxiliary windings. That is, the four windings in the two pairs of windings are wound by one first winding 366, which is equivalent to four
  • the windings are connected in series, and the winding directions of the first winding 364 and the second winding 365 are opposite.
  • the motor bracket 363 is also provided with at least two legs 369, and the two ends of the first winding 366 are respectively connected to two of the legs 369.
  • a pair of main windings may include a first winding 364 and a second winding 365
  • a pair of auxiliary windings may include a first winding 364 and a second winding 365
  • position 1 is the third of the pair of auxiliary windings.
  • One winding 364, position 2 is the first winding 364 of a pair of main windings
  • position 3 is the second winding 365 of a pair of auxiliary windings
  • position 4 is the second winding 365 of a pair of main windings.
  • the winding direction of the first winding 364 of the pair of auxiliary windings may be, for example, counterclockwise
  • the winding direction of the second winding 365 of the pair of auxiliary windings may be clockwise
  • the winding direction of the first winding 364 of the pair of main windings may be, for example, counterclockwise.
  • the winding direction of the first winding 364 of a pair of auxiliary windings is clockwise
  • the winding direction of the second winding 365 of a pair of auxiliary windings is counterclockwise.
  • the winding direction of is counterclockwise, the winding direction of the first winding 364 of the pair of main windings is counterclockwise, and the winding direction of the second winding 365 of the pair of main windings is clockwise; of course, the first winding 364 and the The winding direction of the second winding 365 can be adjusted according to the different positions of the stator 362.
  • the input current is, for example, a single-phase sinusoidal current
  • a pair of main windings will generate an alternating pulsating magnetic field.
  • the strength of the alternating pulsating magnetic field changes as the sinusoidal current changes over time, depending on the position.
  • the direction of its magnetic field is, for example, the direction from position 1 to position 3; the control chip 37 phase-shifts the input single-phase sinusoidal current and then acts on the phase-shifted current.
  • a pair of secondary windings taking the first winding 364 of the pair of secondary windings at position 1 as an example, has a magnetic field direction in the direction from position 4 to position 2, for example.
  • the magnetic field forces generated by the corresponding pair of main windings and a pair of auxiliary windings are also in tandem, so that a pair of main windings and a pair of auxiliary windings can generate thrust in sequence.
  • the rotor 361 is caused to rotate, and the impeller 30 is driven to rotate.
  • the control chip 37 controls changes in the magnetic field on the two pairs of windings to control the rotor 361 to drive the impeller 30 to rotate, so that the fan assembly has a higher and more stable rotational speed, further improving the performance of the fan assembly.
  • the fan assembly may, for example, further include a circuit board 39, the stator 362 is fixed on the circuit board 39, and the control chip 37 is disposed on the circuit board 39.
  • the circuit board 39 may be provided with a current input terminal 391, a ground terminal 392 and a pulse width modulation terminal 393.
  • the current input terminal 391 is electrically connected to the power supply and is used for receiving current input; the ground terminal 392 is used for grounding; the pulse width modulation terminal 393 is electrically connected to the control chip 37.
  • the control chip 37 can be, for example, Fengcang FT3206D positive wave driver chip.
  • the control chip 37 can, for example, be provided with a pulse width modulation signal output pin.
  • the control chip 37 can, for example, output a pulse width modulation signal to the pulse width modulation terminal 393 through the PWM signal output pin, where the pulse width modulation signal is PWM (Pulse width modulation). ) signal, the control chip 37 can output PWM signals with different duty cycles, which can realize adjustment from 1% to 100%, and thereby realize 100 gear speeds of the motor 36 .
  • the fan assembly may be further provided with a speed regulating switch.
  • the speed regulating switch is electrically connected to the control chip 37.
  • the control chip 37 can output PWM signals with different duty cycles corresponding to the speed regulating switch to regulate the speed of the fan assembly.
  • the wind speed adjustment step can reach 1%, achieving stepless speed adjustment effect, making speed adjustment more flexible and easier to use.
  • the circuit board 39 can be provided with a mounting groove 394, and the control chip 37 is disposed in the mounting groove 394.
  • the thickness of the circuit board can be reduced, making the assembly more compact, and further reducing the volume of the fan assembly.
  • the circuit board 39 may also be provided with other components such as capacitors, resistors, diodes, etc., which will not be described one by one in this embodiment.
  • At least two pairs of windings can also be, for example It includes three pairs of windings, each pair of windings includes a first winding 364 and a second winding 365 , and the first winding 364 and the second winding 365 are arranged oppositely on the motor bracket 363 .
  • the stator 362 may include, for example, three second winding wires 370.
  • the motor bracket 363 is provided with six winding parts 368.
  • the second winding wires 370 may be, for example, enameled wires.
  • the silicon steel sheet 367 is connected to the motor bracket 363.
  • Parts of the silicon steel sheet 367 It may be wrapped, for example, in six winding portions 368 of the motor bracket 363 .
  • Each second winding 370 is wound around two opposite winding parts 368 to form a pair of windings.
  • the winding directions of the first winding 364 and the second winding 365 in each pair of windings are opposite, and the adjacent three windings 370 are wound in opposite directions.
  • One winding 364 has the same winding direction, and the three adjacent second windings 365 have the same winding direction.
  • the motor bracket 363 may be provided with four legs 369, for example.
  • One ends of the three second winding wires 370 may be connected together, for example, by connecting the three second winding wires 370.
  • the corresponding rotor 361 is provided with two pairs of magnetic poles.
  • the rotor 361 can also be provided with one pair of magnetic poles or three pairs of magnetic poles.
  • the optimal solution is to provide the rotor 361 with two pairs of magnetic poles.
  • the stator 362 and the rotor 361 can better cooperate to make the rotation of the rotor 361 more stable, and avoid the rotation of the rotor 361 being stuck when the number of magnetic poles of the rotor 361 is large.
  • Three pairs of windings can be connected to a three-phase AC power supply, for example. Since the three-phase AC power supply has a phase difference of 120°, when the three pairs of windings are connected to the three-phase AC power supply, the three pairs of windings will generate a circular rotating magnetic field to push the rotor. 361 spins.
  • the motor 36 of the fan assembly can be started directly, the starting current is small, the rotational inertia of the impeller 30 is stronger than that of a single-phase motor, and the motor 36 rotates more smoothly;
  • the motor 36 has a simple structure and does not need to install starting capacitors, centrifugal switches and other components , directly generating a rotating magnetic field through three-phase alternating current induction; in addition, the motor 36 operates with great force, making the fan assembly rotate quickly and stably with less noise; furthermore, the motor 36 is relatively power-saving, making the fan assembly more economical. power, improving the battery life of the fan assembly.
  • the sixteenth embodiment of the present application also provides a portable temperature control device.
  • the portable temperature control device can be a neck-mounted fan, a waist-mounted fan, a head-mounted fan, a hand-held fan, etc.
  • the portable temperature control device may include, for example, a main body 11 and the fan assembly in the above embodiment, and the fan assembly is disposed in the main body 11 .
  • the main body 11 encloses a wearing space 10.
  • the main body 11 may be provided with a wearing part 130, for example.
  • the wearing part 130 may be worn on the user's neck, for example.
  • the main body 11 is also provided with an air outlet 16, and the air outlet 16 may be, for example, The wind blown by the fan assembly is blown to both sides of the user's cheeks.
  • this is only an example, and this embodiment is not limited to this.
  • the above technical features of the present application may have one or more of the following beneficial effects: by arranging the motor 36 in the fan assembly to include a stator 362 and a rotor 361 that can rotate relative to the stator 362, the stator 362 includes at least two For the windings, the rotor 361 is arranged around the periphery of at least two pairs of windings and is connected to the impeller 30 , that is, the motor 36 in the fan assembly is an external rotor motor, which has the advantages of large rotational inertia, good heat dissipation, and saving windings of the windings, the impeller 30 , etc.
  • the load piece can be directly connected to the rotor 361, which meets the installation size requirements of the small-volume whole machine, making the motor 36 in the fan assembly simple in structure, and smaller in size and weight, making the fan assembly more suitable for portable temperature control devices; in addition, by
  • the control chip 37 is set to be connected to at least two pairs of windings on the stator 362, so that the control chip 37 can control the rotor 361 to drive the rotation of the impeller 30 by controlling changes in the magnetic field on the at least two pairs of windings.
  • the control chip 37 can better control the motor 36. rotation, further improving the rotation effect of the fan assembly.
  • a new semiconductor refrigerator 700 provided in the seventeenth embodiment of the present application can be, for example, a temperature regulating component as in any one of the foregoing first to eighth embodiments.
  • the semiconductor refrigerator 700 includes, for example: a first substrate 710, a second substrate 720, a package 730, a plurality of thermocouple pairs 740, and a temperature sensing unit 750.
  • the package 730 is disposed between the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 , and the package 730 and the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 form an accommodating space 760 .
  • the plurality of thermocouple pairs 740 and the temperature sensing unit 750 are both disposed between the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 and located inside the accommodating space 760 .
  • the semiconductor refrigerator 700 further includes, for example, a first terminal 770 and a second terminal 780.
  • the first terminal 770 is electrically connected to the plurality of thermocouple pairs 740 and extends to the outside of the accommodating space 760.
  • the terminal 780 is electrically connected to the temperature sensing unit 750 and extends to the outside of the accommodating space 760 .
  • the first terminal 770 includes, for example, a first connection line 772 and a second connection line 774
  • the second terminal 780 includes, for example, a third connection line 782 and a fourth connection line 784.
  • the second connection line 774 is, for example, a power line
  • the third connection line 782 and the fourth connection line 784 are, for example, signal lines.
  • the first connection line 772 and the second connection line 774 are electrically connected to the plurality of thermocouple pairs 740 and extend to the outside of the accommodation space 760 to electrically connect to an external circuit; the third connection line 782 and the fourth connection line are 784 is electrically connected to the temperature sensing unit 750 and extends to the outside of the accommodating space 760 to electrically connect to an external circuit.
  • the first terminal 770 and the second terminal 784 are electrically connected to the temperature sensing unit 750.
  • the terminal 780 uses wires of different thicknesses or wires of different colors.
  • first connecting wire 772 and the second connecting wire 774 use thin wires
  • third connecting wire 782 and the fourth connecting wire 784 use thick wires
  • first The connecting line 772 and the second connecting line 774 adopt white conductors and blue conductors respectively
  • third connecting line 782 and the fourth connecting line 784 adopt black conductors and red conductors respectively.
  • first terminal 770 and the second terminal 780 can also adopt other forms of wiring, as long as the plurality of thermocouple pairs 740 and the temperature sensing unit 750 can be connected to external circuits respectively. That’s it.
  • each of the thermocouple pairs 740 includes, for example, a first type semiconductor thermocouple 742 and a second type semiconductor thermocouple 744 connected in series.
  • the first type semiconductor thermocouple 742 is, for example, an N-type semiconductor thermocouple
  • the second type semiconductor thermocouple 744 is, for example, a P-type semiconductor thermocouple, and vice versa. Because the carriers of N-type semiconductor thermocouples are electrons and the carriers of P-type semiconductor thermocouples are holes, the current directions of different types of semiconductor thermocouples will be opposite. Therefore, the electrons of N-type semiconductor thermocouples are different from those of P-type semiconductor thermocouples. The holes of the thermocouple flow in the same direction.
  • the carriers of the semiconductor thermocouple will become the medium for heat transfer, and the external DC power supply provides the energy required for the flow of electrons.
  • the electrons start from the negative electrode (-), first pass through the P-type semiconductor thermocouple, where they absorb heat, and then release the heat when they reach the N-type semiconductor thermocouple.
  • the P-type semiconductor thermocouple absorb heat, and then release the heat when they reach the N-type semiconductor thermocouple.
  • heat is sent from one end to the other end. Because of this active pumping of heat, a temperature difference is caused, forming a hot and cold end.
  • the direction of the current is opposite, the direction of heat transfer will also be opposite.
  • This principle can be used for temperature control.
  • the temperature sensing unit 750 is used to sense the operating temperature of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 to obtain a sensing result, and output the sensing result to an external circuit.
  • the above-mentioned external circuit is, for example, an external control circuit.
  • the plurality of thermocouple pairs 740 are electrically connected to the external control circuit through the first connection wire 772 and the second connection wire 774 to achieve cold end cooling and hot end heating.
  • the temperature sensing unit 750 is electrically connected to the external control circuit through the third connection line 782 and the fourth connection line 784, thereby sensing the operating temperature of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 and sending the sensing result to the external control circuit.
  • the controller on the external control circuit can promptly adjust the heat dissipation efficiency of the semiconductor refrigerator 10 or directly shut down the semiconductor refrigerator 700 to protect the semiconductor refrigerator 700 from damage.
  • a first substrate 710, a second substrate 720 and a package 730 are provided to enclose an accommodating space 760, so that the accommodating space 760 is isolated from the external environment.
  • the package 730 plays the role of moisture-proof and heat insulation.
  • the temperature sensing unit 750 inside the accommodation space 760 , that is, the semiconductor refrigerator 700 has its own temperature sensing unit 750 , there is no need to install an additional temperature sensing unit, which not only avoids the need for a single temperature sensing unit in the prior art.
  • the element 750 If the element 750 is relatively detached from the semiconductor refrigerator 700 due to external force or other factors, it can also be protected from the influence of the ambient temperature on the temperature detection process, thereby detecting the operating temperature of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 more accurately.
  • the temperature sensing unit 750 is integrated inside the semiconductor refrigerator 700.
  • the temperature detected by the temperature sensing unit 750 is the operating temperature inside the semiconductor refrigerator 700, not the operating temperature where the outer surface of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 is attached. Therefore, The temperature change of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 during operation can be more accurately reflected, thereby further improving the accuracy of detecting the operating temperature of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 .
  • the structure of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 will be further described below with reference to FIGS. 90 to 92 .
  • the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 are arranged opposite to each other.
  • the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 are arranged parallel to each other.
  • the first substrate 710 is, for example, a cold end substrate
  • the second substrate 720 is, for example, a hot end substrate, and vice versa.
  • the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 can be fixedly connected, for example, through a package 730.
  • the package 730 for example, is filled in the peripheral edges between the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 to maintain the stability of the connection between them.
  • the encapsulation member 730 can be made of rubber. After curing, the rubber becomes a milky-white elastic solid.
  • first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 are, for example, ceramic substrates, such as Al2O3 (aluminum oxide), BeO (bismuth oxide), AIN (aluminum nitride) and other material substrates, which not only have good thermal conductivity, Moreover, it has good electrical insulation properties, so that the semiconductor refrigerator 700 can simplify the structure while ensuring the realization of working performance.
  • one or both of the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 may be, for example, a metal substrate, and an insulating layer is provided on the inner surface of the metal substrate.
  • the metal substrate can be an aluminum substrate, a copper substrate, or other metal conductors.
  • the positions where the inner surfaces of the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 are in contact with the multiple thermocouple pairs 740 are isolated by an insulating layer. On the one hand, it ensures the flow of multiple thermocouple pairs.
  • the current of the thermocouple pair 740 is electrically isolated from the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720.
  • the better thermal conductivity of the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 made of metal can also be fully utilized to connect multiple thermocouples. The cold energy and heat energy generated by the pair 740 are conducted away.
  • the plurality of thermocouple pairs 740 are, for example, fixedly clamped between the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 and connected in series between the first connection line 772 and the second connection line 774 . time, such as shown in Figure 91.
  • the number of the plurality of thermocouple pairs 740 is preferably 100-120, preferably 103 or 105, so that when the semiconductor refrigerator 700 is applied to portable products, it can provide sufficient cold energy or heat energy to improve user experience.
  • each of the thermocouple pairs 740 includes, for example, a first type semiconductor thermocouple 742 and a second type semiconductor thermocouple 744 connected in series, the first type semiconductor thermocouple and the second type semiconductor thermocouple
  • the height H1 of each of them in the distance direction between the first substrate and the second substrate is 1.0mm-2.0mm, and the height H1 is preferably 1.7mm, which is conducive to the thinning of the semiconductor refrigerator 700, so that It is more suitable for portable products.
  • first type semiconductor thermocouple 742 and the second type semiconductor thermocouple 744 of each thermocouple pair 740 are preferably 1.0 mm.
  • the distance between the first type semiconductor thermocouple 742 and the second type semiconductor thermocouple 744 of each thermocouple pair 740 is 0.5mm-1.2mm. 92 , there is a first distance D1 between the first type semiconductor thermocouple 742 and the second type semiconductor thermocouple 744 of the first thermocouple pair in the two adjacent thermocouple pairs 740 .
  • the semiconductor refrigerator 700 can have a better cooling or heating effect.
  • the temperature sensing unit 750 is disposed in an edge area between the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 , and the edge area is located on the plurality of thermocouple pairs. 740 outside the setting area.
  • the arrangement area of the plurality of thermocouple pairs 740 may refer to an area formed by spreading outward from the center between the first substrate 710 and the second substrate 720 . In this way, on the one hand, adding the temperature sensing unit 750 inside the semiconductor refrigerator 700 will not affect the arrangement of the multiple thermocouple pairs 740 , and on the other hand, it is also convenient to lead out the third connecting wire 782 and the third connecting wire 782 of the temperature sensing unit 750 .
  • Four connecting wires 784 are provided to simplify the manufacturing process of the semiconductor refrigerator 700.
  • the temperature sensing unit 750 is, for example, attached to the inner surface of the first substrate 710 , thereby simplifying the assembly operation of assembling the temperature sensing unit 750 inside the semiconductor refrigerator 700 .
  • the temperature sensing unit 750 includes a thermistor.
  • the temperature inside the semiconductor refrigerator 700 is detected by the temperature sensing unit 750 as the operating temperature of the semiconductor refrigerator 700.
  • the external circuit can optimize the control curve of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 based on the detection results of the temperature sensing unit 750, thereby improving the control of the semiconductor refrigerator.
  • the accuracy of the temperature adjustment of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 can be activated in time when the operating temperature inside the semiconductor refrigerator 700 is too high, thereby extending the service life of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 and preventing the semiconductor refrigerator 700 from being damaged. Possible safety risks caused by overheating.
  • the seventeenth embodiment of the present application provides a new semiconductor refrigerator, which is enclosed by a first substrate, a second substrate and a package to form an accommodating space, so that the accommodating space is isolated from the external environment.
  • the package plays the role of moisture-proof and heat insulation, and by integrating a temperature sensing unit inside the accommodation space, that is, the semiconductor refrigerator has its own temperature sensing unit, without the need to install an additional temperature sensing unit, which can not only avoid
  • the temperature sensing unit is relatively detached from the semiconductor refrigerator due to external forces and other factors. It can also be protected from the influence of ambient temperature on the temperature detection process and more accurately detect the operating temperature of the semiconductor refrigerator.
  • a temperature sensing unit is provided inside the semiconductor refrigerator, and the temperature detected by the temperature sensing unit is the operating temperature inside the semiconductor refrigerator, rather than the operating temperature where the outer surface of the semiconductor refrigerator is attached, so that the temperature can be measured more accurately. It reflects the temperature change when the semiconductor refrigerator is working, thereby further improving the accuracy of detecting the working temperature of the semiconductor refrigerator.
  • the semiconductor refrigerator can have a better cooling or heating effect.
  • the number of thermocouple pairs sufficient cold or heat energy can be provided to improve user experience when applied to portable products.
  • the heights of the first type semiconductor thermocouple and the second type semiconductor thermocouple it is conducive to thinning the semiconductor refrigerator, making it more suitable for portable products.
  • a portable temperature control device provided in the eighteenth embodiment of the present application includes a main body 11 and a semiconductor refrigerator as described in the seventeenth embodiment provided in the main body 11. 700 and the thermal conductor 2 provided inside the main body 11, the thermal conductor 2 and the semiconductor refrigerator The first substrate 710 of 700 is thermally conductively connected.
  • the portable temperature regulating device may be a temperature regulating product that can be worn on different parts of the user's body.
  • the main body 11 accordingly refers to a structure for stably wearing the portable temperature regulating device on the corresponding parts of the user's body, such as: portable temperature regulating device.
  • the device may be a temperature regulating device worn on the user's wrist, in which the main body part 11 may refer to a wristband surrounding the user's wrist.
  • the portable temperature regulating device may be a temperature regulating device worn on the user's waist, in which the main body part 11 may be a temperature regulating device worn on the user's waist. It is a fixed belt surrounding the user's waist.
  • the portable temperature regulating device can be a temperature regulating device worn on the user's neck.
  • the main body 11 can be a neck frame that is wrapped around the user's neck. In this embodiment, for convenience, It should be understood that the description will be made by taking the portable temperature regulating device as a hanging neck type temperature regulating device as an example.
  • the main body part 11 includes a first arm part 13a, a second arm part 13b, and a connection structure 400 that bendably connects the first arm part 13a and the second arm part 13b.
  • the semiconductor refrigerator 700 is disposed inside the first arm portion 13a and the second arm portion 13b respectively, and the temperature conductor 700 is disposed inside the first arm portion 13a and the second arm portion 13b respectively. Part 2.
  • a positioning structure 800 for installing and fixing the semiconductor refrigerator 700 may be provided in the first arm part 13a and the second arm part 13b.
  • the inner side refers to the side of the portable temperature control device that is relatively close to the skin surface of the user's body when it is worn on the user's body.
  • the connection structure 400 includes an elastic member 410 and two connecting parts 420.
  • the two connecting parts 420 are relatively rotatably connected, and the connecting parts 420 are respectively connected to the first The arm part 13a and the second arm part 13b are connected, and the two ends of the elastic member 410 can respectively abut the two connecting parts 420, and the first arm part 13a and the second arm part are connected through the connecting parts 420.
  • the part 13b exerts an elastic force to rotate inward to ensure that when the hanging neck thermostat is worn on the user's neck, the heat conductor 2 located inside the first arm part 13a and the second arm part 13b can remain in contact with the skin at the neck. fit.
  • the first arm portion 13a and the second arm portion 13b are respectively provided with an air inlet 15 and an air outlet 16 and the first arm portion 13a and the second arm portion 13b are respectively provided with an air inlet 15 and an air outlet 16.
  • An accommodation cavity 150 communicating with the air inlet 15 and an air channel 17 communicating the accommodation cavity 150 with the air outlet 16 are respectively formed in the arm portion 13b.
  • the first arm portion 13a and the second arm portion 13b Fan wheels 3 accommodated in the accommodating cavity 150 may also be provided therein.
  • the air duct 17 can be divided by partitions 138 to form a plurality of sub-air ducts 177, and the air outlets 16 on the first arm portion 13a and the second arm portion 13b can be formed into multiple sub-outlets corresponding to different sub-air ducts 177. tuyere.
  • the internal space of the first arm part 13a and the second arm part 13b may also include a receiving cavity 133 formed by a partition 138 and separated from the air duct 17.
  • the semiconductor refrigeration The external control circuit of the device 700 can be set in the receiving cavity 133.
  • the airflow generated during the operation of the fan wheel 3 mainly flows into each sub-air duct 177, and flows out from the corresponding sub-air outlet 16 through the division and guidance of the sub-air duct 177.
  • a small part of the airflow can flow into the receiving cavity 133 to dissipate heat for the circuit, ensuring the stability of the circuit operation.
  • the length L1 of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 is 30mm-45mm
  • the width W1 of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 is 15mm-25mm
  • the size of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 is preferably The length L1 is 40mm and the width W1 is 20mm. In this way, the volume of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 is reduced as much as possible while ensuring the cooling/heating effect of the semiconductor refrigerator 700, and the cooling/heating efficiency of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 is improved under the same volume, so that it can be applied to smaller portable products.
  • the ratio of the length L1 of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 to the length L2 of the heat conducting member 2 is 0.25-0.5, and the ratio is preferably 0.3.
  • the ratio of the width W1 of the semiconductor refrigerator to the width W2 of the heat conducting member is 0.5-0.75, and the ratio is preferably 0.6.
  • the heat-conducting member 2 has two opposite edges 331 in its length direction, and the distance D3 of the semiconductor refrigerator 700 to any one of the edges 331 along the length direction of the heat-conducting member 2 is For 15mm-30mm.
  • the conduction efficiency and conduction uniformity of the heat conduction member 2 can be ensured.
  • the portable temperature control device provided by the seventeenth embodiment of the present application has a more accurate temperature monitoring of the semiconductor refrigerator, resulting in better temperature control performance of the product; and by analyzing the size relationship between the semiconductor refrigerator and the temperature conductor With reasonable design, it can ensure the conduction efficiency and uniformity of the thermal conductive parts.
  • a portable temperature regulating device provided by the nineteenth embodiment of the present application is used to be worn on the human body, such as on the neck or waist and abdomen of the human body, to achieve a cooling or warming effect, as follows. Take wearing it on the neck as an example to illustrate.
  • the portable temperature control device of this embodiment is compared with the portable temperature control device of the first embodiment:
  • the portable temperature control device includes a main body part 11 and a plurality of temperature control units.
  • the main body part 11 is used to be worn by the user.
  • multiple temperature adjustment units are respectively installed on the main body 11 and are used to adjust the temperature to achieve cooling or heating effects.
  • a cavity 178 is provided inside the main body 11 for accommodating a temperature control unit. It can be understood that the temperature control unit may be completely accommodated in the cavity 178 , or may be partially accommodated in the cavity 178 and partially located outside the cavity 178 .
  • the specific way in which the main body part 11 is worn on the neck is not limited.
  • it can be directly put on the user's neck from the top of the user's head down; it can also be arranged so that the two ends of the main body part 11 can move relative to each other, so that The user can directly wear the portable temperature regulating device on the neck by inserting it sideways by adjusting the distance between the two ends of the main body 11 .
  • the two ends of the main body part 11 can move relative to each other, and can be worn on the neck in a sideways insertion manner, so that the portable temperature regulating device will not be affected by the head during the wearing process, and can reduce the impact of the portable temperature regulating device on the neck.
  • the size of the temperature control device is small, and it is also convenient to put on and take off the portable temperature control device.
  • the specific shape of the main body 11 is not limited, for example, U-shape, C-shape or circular ring shape.
  • the main body 11 has a circular ring structure, and the circular ring may be an unclosed or closed circular ring.
  • the distance between the two ends of the circular ring is smaller or even non-existent. Therefore, the portable temperature control device is not easy to fall after being worn on the neck, thus reducing the user's fatigue during exercise. Risk of portable thermostat detaching from neck.
  • the main body part 11 includes two arm parts 13 and a connecting piece 1021.
  • Each arm part 13 is provided with a temperature control unit, and the two arm parts 13 are respectively connected to both ends of the connecting piece 1021.
  • Each arm 13 is provided with a cavity 178 for accommodating a temperature control unit.
  • each arm 13 The specific number of temperature control units installed on each arm 13 is not limited. It can be one or multiple. In this embodiment, the number of temperature control units is two, and each arm 13 has two temperature control units. Equipped with a temperature control unit.
  • the other ends of the arms 13 away from the connector 1021 can move relative to each other. Therefore, the user can first make the ends of the two arms 13 away from the connector 1021 facing away from each other when putting on or removing them. Movement to make the gap between the two ends larger than the width of the neck, so that the neck can pass through the gap between the two ends.
  • the specific manner of relative movement of the two arms 13 at one end away from the connector 1021 is not limited.
  • the two arms 13 can be rotationally connected to the connector 1021 respectively, and the adjustment can be made by rotating the two arms 13 .
  • the two arms 13 can achieve relative movement by compressing or stretching the connecting member 1021.
  • the connecting member 1021 is capable of deformation.
  • the specific type of the connecting piece 1021 is not limited.
  • it may be a silicone piece capable of deformation, or a flexible hose, etc.
  • the connecting piece 1021 is a silicone piece.
  • the silicone piece is elastic and can deform. When the two arms 13 receive an outward force, the ends of the two arms 13 away from the connecting piece 1021 move away from each other. , and stretch the silicone pieces.
  • the main body part 11 also includes a fixing piece 179, and the two arm parts 13 and the connecting piece 1021 are connected to the fixing piece 179.
  • the fixed piece 179 has an elastic reset function.
  • the fixed piece 179 When the user drives the ends of the two arms 13 away from the connector 1021 to move away from each other, the fixed piece 179 will deform to follow the movement of the two arms 13.
  • the ends of the two arms 13 away from the connector 1021 When After the user releases the two arms 13, the ends of the two arms 13 away from the connector 1021 will move toward each other under the action of the fixing piece 179, and finally the main body 11 will return to its original state, forming an automatic reset effect, that is, recovery. to a donut shape to prevent the portable thermostat from falling off your neck.
  • the specific material of the fixing piece 179 is not limited.
  • it can be an elastic metal piece or an elastic plastic piece, as long as it has an elastic restoring effect.
  • the fixing piece 179 is an elastic metal piece.
  • each temperature control unit includes a first fan 53, and the first fan 53 is located in the cavity 178.
  • the main body 11 is provided with a first air inlet 114 and a first air outlet 101 , and both the first air inlet 114 and the first air outlet 101 are connected with the cavity 178 .
  • the air outside the portable temperature control device can be sucked into the cavity 178 through the first air inlet 114, and then driven by the first fan 53, it can be blown out from the first air outlet 101 to the user. , thereby creating a blowing and cooling effect for the user.
  • the specific type of the first fan 53 is not limited.
  • it may be an axial flow fan or a centrifugal fan.
  • the first fan 53 is a centrifugal fan
  • the first air inlet 114 is provided on the radial side of the main body 11 (ie, the inside close to the user's neck or the outside away from the user's neck)
  • the first air outlet 101 is provided on on the axial side of the main body 11 .
  • a first air inlet 114 is provided on the side of the fixed piece 179 and the arm 13 away from the fixed piece 179 .
  • the first air outlet 101 is provided on the axial side of the arm 13 , and two first air inlets 114 are provided. , the air inlet volume can be increased, so that more air can enter the cavity 178 through the first air inlet 114 to improve the blowing and cooling effect of the first fan 53.
  • the specific shapes of the first air outlet 101 and the first air inlet 114 are not limited. For example, they may be through holes provided on the main body part 11 , or they may be through grooves provided on the main body part 11 .
  • Each temperature control unit also includes a second fan 54 and a temperature control assembly 50.
  • the second fan 54 is located in the cavity 178.
  • the main body 11 is provided with a second air inlet 115 and a second air outlet 113 connected with the cavity 178.
  • a first air outlet path 57 is formed between the second fan 54 and the heat dissipation port 118
  • a second air outlet path 58 is formed between the second fan 54 and the second air outlet 113 .
  • the temperature control assembly 50 includes a temperature control member 4 provided in the first air outlet path 57 and a temperature guide member 2 connected to the temperature control member 4.
  • the temperature guide member 2 is at least partially located outside the cavity 178 so as to be in contact with the user.
  • the heat conducting member 2 is located inside the arm portion 13 .
  • the air outside the portable temperature control device can be sucked into the cavity 178 through the second air inlet 115, and then driven by the second fan 54, a part of the air enters the first air outlet path 57 and flows through
  • the temperature regulating member 4 of the temperature regulating assembly 50 takes away the heat 43 on the temperature regulating member and discharges it from the heat dissipation port 118.
  • a part of the air enters the second air outlet path 58, and is finally discharged from the second air outlet 113 and blown to the user, forming Hair drying cooling effect.
  • Both the first fan 53 and the second fan 54 can produce a blowing and cooling effect, which increases the blowing and cooling range of the portable temperature control device.
  • the temperature-regulating component 4 can generate cold flow and hot flow, and the temperature-conducting component 2 is used to contact the user to transfer the cold flow or hot flow to the user, thereby forming a contact cooling or heating effect for the user.
  • a cold flow is generated on the side where the temperature regulating member 4 is connected to the heat conducting member 2 and is transmitted to the user through the heat conducting member 2.
  • a heat flow is formed on the side of the temperature regulating member 4 away from the heat conducting member 2.
  • the air in the air outlet path 57 flows through the temperature regulating member 4 while moving toward the heat dissipation port 118, and takes away the heat flow on the temperature regulating member 4, ensuring the cooling effect of the temperature regulating member 4. While dissipating heat to the temperature regulating component 4, the second fan 54 can also produce a blowing and cooling effect for the user, thereby enhancing the cooling effect of the multifunctional temperature regulating device.
  • the fixed piece 179 is provided with a first air inlet 114, a second air inlet 115 and a heat dissipation outlet 118 corresponding to each temperature regulating unit.
  • the number of temperature control units is two.
  • the two temperature control units are respectively provided on the two arms 13.
  • Each temperature control unit includes a first fan 53 and a second fan 54.
  • the fixing piece 179 corresponds to the two temperature control units.
  • Each first fan 53 is provided with a first air inlet 114, and the corresponding two second fans 54 are provided with a second air inlet 115 and a heat dissipation outlet 118.
  • the specific installation manner of the fixing piece 179 is not limited. It may be located inside the main body 11 or outside the main body 11 .
  • the main body 11 is surrounded by a wearing cavity.
  • the wearing cavity is located inside the main body 11 .
  • the main body 11 is worn on the user's neck through the wearing cavity.
  • the two arm parts 13 and the connector 1021 are away from the wearing cavity.
  • One side is provided with an installation port 182 that communicates with the cavity 178 .
  • the installation port 182 communicates with the cavity 178 and the outside of the main body 11 , that is, the arm 13 and the connector 1021 are open on the outside in the radial direction.
  • the fixing piece 179 Embedded in the installation port 182.
  • the fixing piece 179 By forming the installation opening 182 on the outside of the main body 11 and embedding the fixing piece 179 in the installation opening 182, the fixing piece 179 not only has a reset effect, but also has the effect of covering the cavity 178 to protect the internal components, which is beneficial to Reduce the overall size and weight of portable thermostats. Specifically, the outer surface of the fixing piece 179 is flush with the outer surfaces of the arm portion 13 and the connecting piece 1021 to reduce the abruptness of the fixing piece 179 .
  • the specific type of the second fan 54 is not limited.
  • it may be an axial flow fan or a centrifugal fan.
  • the second fan 54 is a centrifugal fan
  • the second air inlet 115 and the heat dissipation outlet 118 are provided on the radial side (ie, the inside or outside) of the main body 11
  • the second air outlet 113 is provided on the main body 11 axial side.
  • the second air inlet 115 and the heat dissipation opening 118 are both provided on the fixed piece 179
  • the second air outlet 113 is provided on the axial side of the arm 13 and is located on the same side of the main body 11 as the first air outlet 101 . .
  • the fixing piece 179 When the portable temperature control device is worn on the neck, the fixing piece 179 is located on the side away from the neck. Therefore, arranging the heat dissipation port 118 on the fixing piece 179 can prevent the hot air discharged from the heat dissipation port 118 from blowing towards the user and affecting the cooling effect.
  • the specific shapes of the second air outlet 113 , the second air inlet 115 and the heat dissipation vent 118 are not limited. For example, they may be through holes or through grooves provided on the main body 11 .
  • filters may be provided at the first air inlet 114 and the second air inlet 115 to form a filtering effect on the air entering the cavity 178 and prevent dust in the outside air from entering the cavity 178 .
  • a partition 138 is provided in the cavity 178 of the main body 11 , and the partition 138 separates the first air outlet path 57 and the second air outlet path 58 in the cavity 178 .
  • the first air outlet path 57 and the second air outlet path 58 are located on the same side of the second fan 54 and extend along the length direction of the arm 13 .
  • the partition 138 can separate the first air outlet path 57 and the second air outlet path 58 so that the air in the two air outlet paths does not circulate with each other, thereby preventing the temperature regulating member 4 from cooling in the first air outlet path 57
  • the hot air formed then flows into the second air outlet path 58 and affects the blowing and cooling effect of the second fan 54 .
  • the air in the first air outlet path 57 and the second air outlet path 58 are not on the same side of the second fan 54, the air in the first air outlet path The flow direction will be different when flowing in the second air outlet path 57 and the second air outlet path 58. The air itself in the two air outlet paths will not affect each other, so there is no need to provide a partition 138 to separate them.
  • the first fan 53 and the second fan 54 located in the same arm 13 are respectively located at both ends of the arm 13, that is, one of the first fan 53 and the second fan 54 One end of the arm 13 close to the connector 1021 and the other end of the arm 13 away from the connector 1021 .
  • the first air outlet 101 extends from the first fan 53 toward the second fan 54 along the length direction of the arm 13 (in this embodiment, the circumferential direction of the main body 11 ), and the second air outlet 113 extends along the length direction of the arm 13 (In this embodiment, that is, the circumferential direction of the main body 11 ) extends from the second fan 54 toward the first fan 53 .
  • the lengths of the first air outlet 101 and the second air outlet 113 in the length direction of the arm 13 can be longer, so that the first fan 53 and the second blower 54 can provide a blowing and cooling effect to more parts of the user's neck.
  • the first fan 53 and the second fan 54 located in the same arm 13 are provided on the arm.
  • the second fan 54 is closer to the connector 1021 than the first fan 53, and the air outlet directions of the first fan 53 and the second fan 54 are opposite.
  • the first air outlet 101 extends along the length direction of the arm 13 away from the connector 1021
  • the second air outlet 113 extends along the length direction of the arm 13 from the second fan 54 toward the connector 1021
  • the first air outlet path 57 , the second air outlet path 58 and the partition 138 are located between the second fan 54 and the connecting member 1021 .
  • the second fan 54 is provided at one end of the arm 13 close to the connector 1021 , and the end of the arm 13 close to the connector 1021 protrudes outward along the width direction of the arm 13 to form a convex.
  • the outlet 12 is to accommodate the second fan 54 .
  • the size of the second fan 54 is larger than the size of the first fan 53 in the width direction of the arm 13 .
  • the width direction of the arm portion 13 is a direction perpendicular to the length direction of the arm portion 13 .
  • the main body part 11 is annular
  • the length direction of the arm part 13 is the circumferential direction of the main body part 11
  • the width direction of the arm part 13 may refer to the axial direction of the main body part 11, or may refer to the main body part 11.
  • the protruding portion 12 protrudes outward along the axial direction of the main body portion 11
  • the protruding portion 12 and the second air outlet 113 are located on opposite sides of the arm portion 13 .
  • the temperature control assembly 50 also includes a heat sink 5 .
  • the heat sink 5 is located in the first air outlet path 57 and connected to the side of the temperature control member 4 away from the heat conductive member 2 .
  • the heat sink 5 can absorb the heat of the thermostat 4 product.
  • the heat sink 5 can increase the contact area with the air, speed up the heat exchange with the air, and enhance the thermostat 4 Moreover, when the air in the second air outlet path 58 moves toward the heat dissipation opening 118, it can flow through the heat dissipation member 5 and take away the heat on the heat dissipation member 5, thereby enhancing the heat dissipation ability of the heat dissipation member 5.
  • the heat dissipation member 5 includes a base plate and a plurality of heat dissipation fins spaced on the base plate.
  • a heat dissipation channel is formed between two adjacent heat dissipation fins.
  • the extension direction of the heat dissipation channel is consistent with the extension of the first air outlet path 57 The direction is the same, that is, the same as the flow direction of the air, which is beneficial to reducing wind resistance and accelerating the air flow.
  • the outer surface of the heat sink 5 is provided with a graphene layer (not shown).
  • the graphene layer can enhance the heat conduction efficiency, which is conducive to further enhancing the heat dissipation effect of the heat sink 5 .
  • the temperature regulating element 4 has a cold end and a hot end, and the cold end and the hot end can be switched to each other according to the direction of the current.
  • the cold end can be connected to the heat conductive piece 2, so that the cold end generated by the heat conductive piece 2 can be transferred to the user's neck, creating a cooling effect for the user;
  • the hot end can be connected to the heat conductive piece 2 are connected, so that the heat conduction member 2 is used to transfer the heat flow generated by the hot end to the user's neck, creating a heating effect for the user.
  • a heating element such as a resistance wire, can also be provided in the cavity 178 corresponding to the first fan 53 and the second fan 54. When the air flows through the heating element driven by the first fan 53 and the second fan 54, the air will be heated by the heating element. Heating, so that the first fan 53 and the second fan 54 blow out hot air, creating a blowing and warming effect for the user.
  • the heat conducting member 2 extends from the end of the arm portion 13 close to the connecting member 1021 in a direction away from the connecting member 1021 . Since the connector 1021 and its surrounding areas are close to the user's back neck and can contact the user under the action of gravity, the heat conductor 2 is extended from the end of the arm 13 close to the connector 1021 in a direction away from the connector 1021 , it can be ensured that at least a part of the temperature-conducting member 2, that is, the part close to the connecting member 1021, can be in contact with the user, so as to pass the cold flow generated by the temperature-regulating member 4 to the user.
  • the second fan 54 is located between the connecting member 1021 and the temperature regulating member 4, and one end of the temperature-conducting member 2 is closer to the connecting member 1021 than the second fan 54, that is, in the main body part In the radial direction of 11, the projection of the second fan 54 is at least partially located on the heat conducting member 2.
  • Each arm 13 is equipped with a control component.
  • the control component includes a circuit board 180, a battery 510 and a switch button 40.
  • the battery 510, the first fan 53, the second fan 54 and the temperature regulating member 4 are all connected to the circuit.
  • Board 180 is electrically connected.
  • the battery 510 is used to provide electric energy to the first fan 53 , the second fan 54 and the temperature regulating element 4
  • the switch button 40 is used for the user to control the starting and stopping of the first fan 53 , the second fan 54 and the temperature regulating element 4 .
  • the type of battery 510 is not limited.
  • the battery 510 is a rechargeable battery, and the arm 13 is provided with a charging port 540 for charging the battery 510 .
  • the twenty-first embodiment of the present application provides a portable temperature control device.
  • the portable temperature control device It includes a main body 11, a temperature regulating component 50 and a heat insulation component 70.
  • the temperature regulating component 50 includes a temperature regulating component 4, a heat sink 5 and a temperature conductive component 2.
  • the temperature regulating component 4 is specifically a semiconductor refrigeration chip.
  • the heat sink 5 is located on the main body. Inside the main body 11, the heat conduction member 2 is fixedly connected to the main body 11, and at least part of the heat conduction member 2 is exposed outside the main body 11.
  • the temperature control member 4 is thermally conductively connected to the heat dissipation member 5, and the temperature control member 4 is thermally conductive. The other side is thermally conductively connected to the heat conductive member 2.
  • the heat insulator 70 is located between the heat conductor 2 and the heat dissipation member 5, and the heat insulator 70 is arranged to avoid the thermal conductive connection between the temperature regulating member 4 and the heat conductive member 2.
  • the temperature regulation When the component 4 is cooling, it transfers cold energy to the heat guide component 2 and heat to the heat sink 5 at the same time, so that when the heat guide component 2 fits the human skin, the heat guide component 2 can cool the human body, and the heat sink 5 dissipates heat to the main body.
  • the heat insulating member 70 is located between the heat conducting member 2 and the heat sink 5, and the heat insulating member 70 avoids the location where the temperature regulating member 4 and the heat conducting member 2 are thermally conductively connected, so that the heat insulating member 70 is not only It will not affect the thermal conductive connection between the temperature regulating component 4 and the thermal conductive component 2, and it can also prevent the heat emitted by the heat sink 5 from radiating to the thermal conductive component 2, causing the temperature of the thermal conductive component 2 to rise, ensuring that the temperature conduction
  • the cooling capacity of the component 2 will not be affected by the heat emitted by the heat dissipation component 5, so that the thermal conductive component 2 can fully transfer the cold energy to the human body, thereby improving the ability of the portable temperature regulating device to cool the human body.
  • thermal conductive connection in this application means that two objects can be in direct contact to form the transfer of heat or cold, or indirect contact to form the transfer of heat or cold, for example, through thermal conductive silicone grease/silica gel
  • the intermediate heat-conducting medium makes indirect contact to form the transfer of heat or cold.
  • the temperature regulating member 4 when the temperature regulating member 4 is heating, it transfers heat to the heat conducting member 2 and at the same time transfers cold energy to the heat dissipation member 5, so that when the heat conducting member 2 fits the human skin, the heat conducting member 2 can heat the human body.
  • the heat sink 5 dissipates the cold energy outside the main body 11 . At this time, the energy transfer between the heat conduction member 2 and the heat sink 5 can still be isolated by the heat insulator 70 .
  • the heat insulating member 70 is provided with a relief opening 75 , and the temperature regulating member 4 is inserted through the relief opening 75 and is thermally conductively connected to the heat conducting member 2 . Since the heat conducting member 2 faces the side of the temperature regulating member 4 The area is larger than the area on the side of the temperature control member 4 facing the heat conductor 2, and only part of the surface of the side of the heat conductor 2 close to the heat sink 5 is thermally conductively connected to the temperature control member 4. In order to prevent the heat conductor 2 from being close to the heat sink 5 The other part of the surface on one side of 5 is radiated by the heat radiated by the heat sink 5. The heat insulator 70 avoids the temperature regulating member 4 through the relief opening 75.
  • the heat insulator 70 keeps the surface of the heat conductor 2 close to the heat sink 5 away from the heat sink 5.
  • the connecting part of the temperature regulating member 4 is shielded and covered to block the influence of the heat sink 5 on the heat transfer of the heat conducting member 2 and ensure that the heat conducting member 2 transfers the cold energy transferred from the temperature regulating member 4 to the human body as much as possible.
  • the heat insulating member 70 is provided with a relief opening 75, and a boss 20 is protruding from the side of the heat conductive member 2 close to the heat dissipation member 5.
  • the boss 20 is disposed through the relief opening 75 and connected with the temperature regulating member.
  • the heat conduction member 4 is connected by heat conduction, and the heat insulation member 70 is arranged corresponding to the surface of the heat conduction member 2 and close to the heat dissipation member 5 and avoids the boss 20 .
  • the heat insulation member 70 includes a heat insulation layer 76 and a reflective layer 77.
  • the reflective layer 77 is provided on the side of the heat insulation layer 76 close to the heat sink 5.
  • the heat insulation layer 76 It can effectively block the heat emitted by the heat sink 5 from being transferred to the heat conductor 2, and the reflective layer 77 is located on the side of the heat insulation layer 76 close to the heat sink 5, so that when the heat emitted by the heat sink 5 radiates to the heat conductor 2, it is reflected
  • the layer 77 can reflect the heat emitted by the heat sink 5 to further enhance the heat insulation capability of the heat insulator 70 .
  • the reflective layer 77 is provided on the side of the heat insulation layer 76 close to the heat conductor 2.
  • the heat insulation layer 76 can prevent the heat emitted by the heat sink 5 from being transferred to the heat conductor 2; and the cold generated by the temperature regulating member 4 is transferred.
  • the reflective layer 77 can reflect part of the cold energy of the heat conductor 2, so that the cold energy emitted by the heat conductor 2 can be The cold energy is transferred concentratedly towards the skin of the human body, so that the heat conduction member 2 can fully transfer the cold energy to the human body for cooling and cooling of the human body.
  • a reflective layer 77 is provided on the side of the heat insulation layer 76 close to the heat conductive member 2 and the side of the heat insulation layer 76 close to the heat dissipation member 5 . This is to further enhance the heat insulation effect of the heat insulating member 70 and ensure that the heat conducting member 2 transfers cold energy to the human skin as much as possible for cooling and cooling of the human body.
  • the heat insulation layer 76 is an airgel layer.
  • the airgel layer is located between the heat conductor 2 and the heat sink 5 , and the airgel layer avoids the thermal conductive connection between the temperature regulator 4 and the heat conductor 2 .
  • the airgel layer is a nano-silica airgel layer, the nano-silica airgel pore diameter is 20-50nm, the nano-scale pore diameter is smaller than the mean free path of air molecules, and the porosity and density are as high as more than 95%. It can be as low as 0.03g/ml to achieve a vacuum-like heat insulation effect, so that the cold energy of the heat conduction member 2 can be transferred to the human body as much as possible.
  • the reflective layer 77 adopts an aluminum foil reflective layer.
  • the aluminum foil reflective layer is located between the temperature-conducting member 2 and the heat-dissipating member 5, and the aluminum foil reflective layer avoids the thermal conduction connection between the temperature-regulating member 4 and the heat-conducting member 2.
  • the aluminum foil reflective layer is made of aluminum foil veneer, polyethylene film, fiber braid and metal coating laminated through hot melt adhesive.
  • the aluminum foil reflective layer can reflect the heat or cold radiated to the aluminum foil reflective layer, that is, a heat sink.
  • the aluminum foil reflective layer when radiating heat to the aluminum foil reflective layer, the aluminum foil reflective layer reflects its heat back so that the heat of the heat sink 5 will not radiate to the heat conductive member 2; and when the heat conductive member 2 radiates cold energy to the aluminum foil reflective layer, The aluminum foil reflective layer reflects the cold energy back, so that the cold energy of the thermal conductive member 2 can be concentrated and radiated toward the human body to transfer the cold energy to the human body as much as possible.
  • the thermal conductive member 2 is a metal thermal conductive member mixed with graphene powder. By adding graphene powder, the heat conduction efficiency of the thermal conductive member 2 can be further improved.
  • the portable temperature regulating device includes a temperature equalizing member 78, and the temperature equalizing member 78 is located at Between the heat insulating member 70 and the heat conducting member 2 , the heat insulating member 70 may include at least one of a heat insulating layer 76 and a reflective layer 77 .
  • the temperature equalizing member 78 is specifically a graphene layer or a graphite layer. The temperature equalizing member 78 covers the side of the temperature conducting member 2 close to the temperature regulating member 4.
  • the temperature equalizing member 78 can quickly dissipate the cold energy near the temperature regulating member 2 and the temperature regulating member 4 on the temperature equalizing member 78 and transfer it to the heat conducting member 2, thereby making the cold energy in each place of the heat conducting member 2 relatively comparable. Uniformly, when the thermal conductive member 2 is in contact with the human body, the thermal conductive member 2 can uniformly transfer cold energy to the human body.
  • the temperature equalizing component 78 is connected to the thermal conductive component 2 through adhesive, and the adhesive is thermally conductive adhesive.
  • the heat conductive member 2 is provided on the outer surface of the main body 11 , and the heat insulating member 70 is located between the outer surface of the main body 11 and between the thermal conductors 2.
  • the thermal conductive member 2 is fixedly connected to the main body 11 , and the thermal conductive member 2 clamps and fixes the heat insulating member 70 to the main body 11 .
  • the heat insulating member 70 may be fixed to the main body 11 or the heat conductive member 2 by gluing or snapping.
  • the heat insulation member 70 when the heat insulation layer 76 and the reflective layer 77 are included, the heat insulation layer 76 is connected to the reflective layer 77 through adhesive, or the heat insulation layer 76 and the reflective layer 77 are stacked and clamped and fixed to the main body 11 by the heat conductor 2 superior. Since the heat insulating member 70 is located between the main body 11 and the heat conducting member 2 , the heat insulating member 70 can prevent the heat emitted by the heat sink 5 from being radiated to the heat conducting member 2 through the main body 11 , and the heat insulating member 70 can avoid heat conduction.
  • the heating element 2 transfers part of the cold energy to the main body 11 to ensure that the cold energy of the thermal conducting element 2 is not consumed by the main body 11 and ensures that the cold energy is cold enough, so that the thermal conducting element 2 can transfer the cold energy to the human body as much as possible, and then This solves the problem that the heat conduction member 2 is greatly reduced in transferring cold energy to the human body, and also improves the ability of the portable temperature regulating device to cool and dissipate heat from the human body.
  • the heat conducting member 2 can also be provided on the inner surface of the main body 11 , that is, the heat conducting member 2 is located inside the main body 11 , and at least part of the heat conducting member 2 protrudes toward the outside of the main body 11 and is exposed. Outside the main body 11 , the heat insulating member 70 can be fixed to the side of the heat conducting member 2 close to the heat dissipation member 5 through adhesive, without being clamped and fixed to the main body 11 by the heat conducting member 2 .
  • the portable temperature control device may be a neck-mounted air conditioner, a handheld air conditioner, a head-mounted air conditioner, a neck-mounted air conditioner, or the like.
  • the portable temperature control device is a neck-mounted air conditioner.
  • the main body 11 is surrounded by a wearing space 10, and the temperature conductor 2 is located on the side of the main body 11 close to the wearing space 10.
  • the user passes the portable temperature control device When worn on the neck, the neck is located in the wearing space 10, and the skin of the neck is in contact with the temperature-conducting member 2. That is, when the temperature-regulating member 4 is working, the cold generated by the temperature-regulating member 4 is transferred to the temperature-conducting member 2, and the temperature-conducting member 2 2. Then transfer the cold energy to the skin of the neck.
  • a receiving groove 183 is recessed on the side of the main body 11 close to the wearing cavity 21.
  • the heat insulating member 70 and the heat conducting member 2 are located in the receiving groove 183, thereby reducing the overall thickness of the portable temperature control device. Specifically, the heat-conducting member 2 is fixedly connected to the main body 11 , and the heat-insulating member 70 is clamped between the bottom of the receiving groove 183 and the heat-conducting member 2 .
  • the main body 11 is provided with an installation cavity 184 and a receiving cavity that communicate with each other.
  • the portable temperature control device also includes a partition 138 and a fan 3.
  • the fan 3 is located in the installation cavity 184.
  • the partition 138 is arranged in the accommodation cavity and separates the accommodation cavity from the heat dissipation cavity 166 and the air duct 17. Both the heat dissipation cavity 166 and the air duct 17 are connected with the installation cavity 184.
  • the heat dissipation piece 5 is arranged in the heat dissipation cavity 166, and the main body 11
  • An air outlet 16 is provided on the side adjacent to the wearing space 10 .
  • the air outlet 16 is connected to an end of the air duct 17 away from the installation cavity 184 .
  • a heat dissipation outlet 118 is provided on the side of the main body 11 away from the wearing space 10 .
  • the heat dissipation outlet 118 is connected to
  • the heat dissipation cavity 166 is connected at one end away from the installation cavity 184.
  • the main body 11 is also provided with an air inlet 15 connected with the installation cavity 184. That is, when the fan 3 is working in the installation cavity 184, the gas sucked from the air inlet 15 is in the installation cavity 184. After acceleration, airflow is formed and blown to the heat dissipation cavity 166 and the air duct 17 respectively.
  • the air flow passing through the heat dissipation cavity 166 can carry the heat emitted by the heat sink 5 and be blown out of the heat dissipation port 118, while the air flow passing through the air duct 17 is blown out from the air outlet 16.
  • the wind blown from the air outlet 16 can be blown to the face and other places to cool the human body, and the heat conductor 2 transfers the cold energy to the skin of the neck, further enhancing the effect of cooling the human body. ability.
  • the portable temperature control device includes an arm 13, an air duct 17 is provided in the arm 13; a conductive member 900, the conductive member 900 is disposed in the air duct 17 to divide the air duct 17 into at least a first air duct 17a and a second air duct 17a.
  • the first air duct 17a and the second air duct 17b are connected.
  • the arm 13 is provided with an air inlet 15 at a position corresponding to the first air duct 17a.
  • the arm 13 is provided with an outlet at a position corresponding to the second air duct 17b.
  • the air outlet 16; the fan wheel 3, the fan wheel 3 is disposed in the air duct 17; the temperature regulating member 4, the temperature regulating member 4 is disposed in the arm 13 and is thermally conductively connected to the conductive member 900.
  • thermal conductive connection in this application means that two objects can be in direct contact to form heat transfer, or indirect contact to form heat transfer, for example, through thermal conductive silicone grease/silica gel, or graphite or other intermediate thermal conductive materials The medium makes indirect contact to form heat transfer.
  • the portable temperature control device cools or heats the conductive member 900 through the temperature control member 4, and uses the conductive member 900 to divide the air duct 17 into at least a first air duct 17a and a second air duct 17b, This allows the airflow flowing in from the air inlet 15 to contact the conductive member 900 and be fully cooled or heated when flowing through the first air duct 17a and the second air duct 17b, ultimately making the airflow blown out from the air outlet 16 cooler or warmer. , so that the portable temperature regulating device has a good temperature regulating effect.
  • the temperature-regulating component 4 is preferably a semiconductor refrigeration chip. When the temperature-regulating component 4 is energized, its opposite sides form a cold end and a hot end respectively. The cold end and the hot end can be switched to each other according to the direction of the current. When cooling is required, the cold end of the temperature regulating member 4 can be thermally conductively connected to the component to be temperature regulated (for example, the conductive member 900), so that when the airflow flows through the first air duct 17a and the second air duct 17b respectively, The temperature is lowered to make the air flow blown out from the air outlet 16 cooler.
  • the component for example, the conductive member 900
  • the hot end of the temperature regulating component 4 can be thermally conductively connected to the component to be temperature regulated (for example, the conductive component 900), so that the airflow can flow through the first air duct 17a and the second air duct respectively. 17b, heating is performed to make the air flow blown out from the air outlet 16 warmer.
  • the arm 13 includes an inner casing 136 and an outer casing 135 that are fastened to each other, and the air duct 17 is formed between the inner casing 136 and the outer casing 135 .
  • the first air duct 17a is formed between the outer shell 135 and the conductive member 900.
  • the first air duct 17a extends along the length direction of the arm 13, and the air inlet 15 is provided on the side wall of the outer shell 135.
  • the second air duct 17b is formed between the inner casing 136 and the conductor 900.
  • the second air duct 17b extends along the length direction of the arm 13 and is located inside the first air duct 17a.
  • the air outlet 16 is provided in the inner casing 136. On the top wall, optionally, the air outlet 16 includes a plurality of strip-shaped air outlets arranged side by side.
  • the air duct 17 also includes a cooling air duct 175 connected with the first air duct 17a.
  • the arm 13 is provided with a heat dissipation opening 118 at a position corresponding to the cooling air duct 175.
  • the heat dissipation opening 118 is provided on the outer shell.
  • the heat dissipation port 118 includes a plurality of strip-shaped heat dissipation holes arranged side by side.
  • a first rotating shaft 1353 and an air squeezing member 1354 arranged around the periphery of the first rotating shaft 1353 are formed on the inner side of the outer shell 135 extending toward the first air channel 17a.
  • the air squeezing member 1354 is disposed in one end of the first air duct 17a.
  • the opposite ends of the air squeezing member 1354 have openings 1355 respectively.
  • One opening 1355 faces the other end of the first air duct 17a, and the other opening 1355 faces the other end of the first air duct 17a. Cooling air duct 175.
  • the air inlet 15 includes a plurality of air inlets arranged in an annular manner.
  • the plurality of air inlets are arranged around the periphery of the first rotating shaft 1353 and are located between the first rotating shaft 1353 and the air squeezing member 1354 .
  • the fan wheel 3 includes a first fan wheel 3a.
  • the first fan wheel 3a is located in the first air duct 17a and is arranged corresponding to the position of the air inlet 15.
  • the first fan wheel 3a is rotatably mounted on the first rotating shaft. 1353 on.
  • the first fan wheel 3a is a centrifugal fan wheel.
  • the first fan wheel 3a is disposed at one end of the first air duct 17a close to the cooling air duct 175.
  • the air inlet side of the first fan wheel 3a is disposed toward the air inlet 15.
  • the air outlet sides of one fan wheel 3a respectively face the first air duct 17a and are away from the dispersion.
  • the first fan wheel 3a guides a part of the air flow into the first air duct 17a.
  • the other end away from the cooling air duct 175, the first fan wheel 3a guides the other part of the air flow into the cooling air duct. 175, thereby dissipating the heat generated by the temperature regulating member 4 to the outside through the heat dissipation port 118.
  • a battery cavity 185 is also formed inside the outer casing 135 .
  • the battery cavity 185 is formed between the outer casing 135 and the conductor 900 .
  • the battery cavity 185 is separated from the cooling air duct 175 by a partition 186 .
  • a battery 510 is provided inside 185, and the battery 510 is used to power the fan wheel 3.
  • the conductive member 900 is made of thermally conductive material, such as metal material.
  • the conductive member 900 is made of aluminum material to better transfer the cold energy or heat energy generated by the temperature regulating member 4 to the first air duct 17a and the second air duct 17b to improve the temperature regulation efficiency. .
  • the conductive member 900 is provided with a vent 910, and the first air duct 17a and the second air duct 17b are connected through the vent 910.
  • the vent 910 includes a plurality of vents arranged in an annular shape, the second fan wheel 3b is disposed corresponding to the position of the vent 910, and the air inlet side of the second fan wheel 3b is disposed facing the vent 910, so that the airflow can flow through the vent 910.
  • the air flows from the first air duct 17a through the vent 910 into the second air duct 17b.
  • the conductive member 900 may not be provided with the vent 910.
  • the air duct 17 also includes an air passage, and the air passage is located at one end of the conductor 900.
  • the first air duct 17a The first air duct 17a and the second air duct 17b are located on opposite sides of the conductive member 900.
  • the first air duct 17a and the second air duct 17b are connected through the wind passage, and the fan wheel 3 is disposed in the wind passage.
  • the conductive member 900 is also provided with a through hole 920 , and the through hole 920 is disposed facing the heat dissipation port 118 .
  • the first air duct 17a extends along the length direction of the arm 13, and the air inlet 15 and the vent 910 are respectively provided at both ends of the first air duct 17a, so that the air inlet 15 and the vent 910 are located along the arm 13. 13 are staggered in the inner and outer directions, thereby lengthening the length of the first air duct 17a, so that the air flow can be more fully cooled or heated in the first air duct 17a.
  • the air inlet 15 and the vent 910 can also be located at the same end of the first air duct 17a. In this case, the air inlet 15 is disposed facing the vent 910, and the first fan wheel 3a is located between the air inlet 15 and the vent 910. Between 910 and 910.
  • a circuit board 180 is also disposed in the first air duct 17a.
  • the circuit board 180 is disposed facing the vent 910.
  • the circuit board 180 is electrically connected to the battery 510, the fan wheel 3 and the temperature regulating member 4 respectively.
  • the circuit board 180 is provided with a switch key 187, a display screen 188 and a charging terminal 189.
  • the side wall of the outer shell 135 is provided with a button 40 that cooperates with the switch key 187 and a display window 49 for displaying the display screen 188.
  • the button 40 is used to control the start, stop and gear of the fan wheel 3 and the temperature regulating member 4 respectively, and the display screen 188 is used to display the power information of the battery 510, the gear information of the fan wheel 3 and the temperature regulating information of the temperature regulating member 4.
  • the bottom wall of the outer shell 135 is provided with a charging port 540 for the charging terminal 189 to pass through.
  • the charging terminal 189 is used to connect to an external power source to charge the battery 510 .
  • the component to be temperature-regulated also includes a temperature conducting member 2 .
  • the side wall of the inner housing 136 is provided with a first installation port 1365 and a heat conductor 2 installed in the first installation port 1365.
  • the heat conductor 2 is exposed on the side wall of the inner housing 136 and Connected to the conductive member 900 through thermal conduction, the thermal conductive member 2 is used to contact the user's part to be temperature-regulated, thereby performing ice or hot compress temperature regulation.
  • the heat conductor 2 and the conductor 900 are installed in an interlocking manner, and the second air channel 17b is formed between the heat conductor 2 and the conductor 900, so that when the airflow flows through the second air channel 17b, the heat conductor 2 and the conductor 900 can both adjust the temperature of the air flow, thereby improving the temperature adjustment effect of the air flow.
  • the heat conductive member 2 is made of heat conductive material, such as metal material.
  • the temperature-conducting member 2 is made of aluminum material to better transfer the cold energy or heat energy generated by the temperature-regulating member 4 to the user's part to be temperature-regulated, thereby improving the temperature-regulating efficiency.
  • a second rotating shaft 220 is formed on the inner side of the heat conductor 2 extending toward the second air duct 17b.
  • the fan wheel 3 includes a second fan wheel 3b.
  • the second fan wheel 3b is disposed in the second air duct 17b.
  • the second fan wheel 3b is rotatably mounted on the second rotating shaft 220.
  • the second fan wheel 3b is a centrifugal fan wheel.
  • the heat conducting member 2 may not be provided on the side wall of the inner housing 136 .
  • the side wall of the inner housing 136 may also be provided with an air inlet 15.
  • the air inlet 15 includes a plurality of air inlets arranged in an annular shape. The plurality of air inlets are arranged around the periphery of the second rotating shaft 220, thereby increasing the The air intake volume of the second fan wheel 3b increases the wind power, making the air flow blown out from the air outlet 16 stronger.
  • the fan wheel 3 includes a first fan wheel 3a and a second fan wheel 3b.
  • the first fan wheel 3a blows the airflow entering from the air inlet 15 from one end of the first air duct 17a to the other end of the first air duct 17a.
  • the fan wheel 3 may also include only the first fan wheel 3a or the second fan wheel 3b.
  • the component to be temperature-regulated also includes an air guide 58 , and the air guide 58 is connected to one side of the temperature guide 2 .
  • the air guide 58 is disposed in the arm 13 and connected to the inside of the heat guide 2 .
  • the air guide 58 is thermally conductively connected to the temperature regulating member 4 .
  • one side of the air guide member 58 is integrally connected to the heat guide member 2 , and the other side of the air guide member 58 is in contact with one side of the conductive member 900 .
  • the air guide member 58 and the heat guide member 2 may also be of separate structure and installed and fixedly connected to each other.
  • the conductive member 900, the heat conductor 2 and the air guide 58 are collectively enclosed to form the second air duct 17b.
  • the conductor 900, the heat conductor 2 and the air guide 58 58 can adjust the temperature of the air flow, so as to maximize the temperature adjustment effect of the air flow.
  • the air guide member 58 includes connected arc-shaped air guide plates 581 and air guide fins 582.
  • the arc-shaped air guide plates 581 are arranged around the periphery of the second fan wheel 3b, and the air guide fins 582 are arranged along the arc-shaped air guide plate 582.
  • One end of the plate 581 extends toward the direction of the air outlet 16 .
  • the arc-shaped air guide plate 581 is used to squeeze the wind generated by the second fan wheel 3b, so that the air flow can flow to the air guide plate 582 more quickly and avoid the backflow of the air flow.
  • the air guide 582 is used to guide the air flow to the air outlet 16 for blowing out.
  • the arc-shaped air guide plate 581 and the air guide blade 582 are integrally connected.
  • an installation cavity 230 is also formed inside the temperature guide member 2.
  • the installation cavity 230 and the second air duct 17b are separated by an air guide 582.
  • the temperature adjustment member 4 is accommodated in the installation cavity 230.
  • the temperature adjustment The indirect contact between the component 4 and the heat-conducting component 2 is through thermal conductive silicone grease/silica gel to form heat transfer, so that the cold or heat generated by the temperature-regulating component 4 can not only be conducted to the heat-conducting component 2, but also pass through the temperature-conducting component 2.
  • the component 2 is indirectly transmitted to the conductive component 900 and the air guide component 58 .
  • the temperature regulating member 4 and the conductive member 900 may also be in indirect contact through thermal conductive silicone grease/silica gel to form heat transfer, or the temperature regulating member 4 and the air guide member 58 are in indirect contact through thermal conductive silicone grease/silica gel to form heat transfer, which can also achieve temperature adjustment.
  • the cold or heat generated by the component 4 is conducted to the heat conducting component 2, the conducting component 900, and the air guiding component 58, that is, the thermal conducting component 2, the conducting component 900, and the air guiding component 58 are thermally conductively connected to the temperature regulating component 4 respectively.
  • the arm 13 is also provided with a heat dissipation component 5 , and the temperature control component 4 is sandwiched between the heat dissipation component 5 and the temperature guide component 2 .
  • a part of the heat dissipation component 5 is received in the installation cavity 230 and connected with the temperature control component 4
  • the other part of the heat sink 5 passes through the through hole 920 and then enters the heat dissipation duct 175 through thermal conduction connection, so as to quickly diffuse the heat generated by the temperature regulating member 4 into the heat dissipation duct 175 .
  • the heat dissipation component 5 and the temperature control component 4 are in indirect contact through thermally conductive silicone grease/silica gel to form heat transfer.
  • the portable temperature control device may be a neck-mounted air conditioner, a waist-mounted air conditioner, or a handheld air conditioner.
  • the portable temperature control device is a neck-mounted air conditioner.
  • the portable temperature control device includes two arms 13 and an elastic return member 8 connecting the two arms 13.
  • the two arms 13 can move in a relatively far away direction under the action of external force to deform the elastic return member 8, which is convenient for the user.
  • the portable temperature control device is worn on the human body's neck, and when the portable temperature control device is worn on the human body's neck and the external force exerted on the two arms 13 is removed, the elastic reset member 8 can be automatically elastically reset, so that the two arms 13 can be automatically reset.
  • each arm 13 can be kept in contact with the human body's neck, thereby providing ice or hot compresses to regulate the temperature of the human body's neck.
  • the air outlets 16 of the two arms 13 can discharge air toward the head of the human body or toward the back of the human body.
  • the components to be temperature-regulated also include a connector 145, and the connector 145 is located in the first air duct. 17a and close to the inside of the outer shell 135.
  • the opposite ends of the connector 145 are integrally connected to the top wall and the bottom wall of the conductive member 900 respectively.
  • the side of the connector 145 away from the heat conductor 2 is connected to the temperature regulating member 4.
  • Thermal conduction connection on one side Preferably, the connecting member 145 and the temperature regulating member 4 are in indirect contact through thermally conductive silicone grease/silica gel to form heat transfer.
  • a second installation opening 1356 for the temperature regulating component 4 to pass through is provided on the side wall of the outer shell 135 .
  • the heat sink 5 is installed and fixed on the side wall of the outer shell 135 and is thermally conductively connected to the other side of the temperature regulating member 4.
  • one side of the heat sink 5 is thermally conductively connected to the temperature regulating member 4, and the other side of the heat sink 5 is thermally conductive. The side is exposed outside the side wall of the outer shell 135 .
  • the heat dissipation component 5 and the temperature regulating component 4 are in indirect contact through thermally conductive silicone grease/silica gel to form heat transfer.
  • the arm 13 also includes a cover plate 192 that covers the heat sink 5 and is installed and fixed with the side wall of the outer shell 135.
  • a heat dissipation channel extending along the length direction of the outer shell 135 is formed on the side of the cover plate 192 facing the outer shell 135. 193.
  • the heat dissipation component 5 is accommodated in the heat dissipation channel 193.
  • the heat dissipation component 5 quickly diffuses the heat generated by the temperature regulating component 4 into the heat dissipation channel 193, and dissipates it outward from both ends of the heat dissipation channel 193.
  • an opening is provided on the side wall of the arm 13 , and the heat sink 5 is disposed in the opening and exposed outside the arm 13 , or the heat sink 5 is disposed in the arm 13 and exposed to the arm 13 through the opening.
  • the arm portion 13 does not need to be provided with the cover 192 , and the heat generated by the temperature regulating component 4 can also be quickly diffused to the outside of the arm portion 13 through the heat dissipation component 5 .
  • the air duct 17 also includes a wind duct 17c and a cooling air duct 175.
  • the fan wheel 3 is disposed in the wind duct 17c.
  • the wind duct 17c is connected with the first air duct 17a and the second air duct 17c respectively.
  • the duct 17b is connected to the cooling air duct 175.
  • the second air duct 17b and the cooling air duct 175 are connected to the same end of the air passing duct 17c.
  • the arm 13 is provided with a cooling outlet 118 at a position corresponding to the cooling air duct 175.
  • a heat sink 5 is disposed in the duct 175 , and the heat sink 5 quickly diffuses the heat generated by the temperature regulating member 4 into the heat dissipation air duct 175 .
  • a partition 138 is also provided in the arm 13 .
  • the partition 138 includes a first partition 1382 and a second partition 1384 connected to one side of the first partition 1382 .
  • the second partition 1384 is integrally connected to the outside of the first partition 1382 .
  • the first partition 1382 is located between the second air duct 17b and the heat dissipation air duct 175 and separates the second air duct 17b and the heat dissipation air duct 175 so that they can enter the second air duct 17b and the heat dissipation air duct 175 respectively.
  • the airflow does not affect each other.
  • the second partition 1384 is located between the conductive member 900 and the heat dissipation air duct 175 and separates the conductive member 900 from the heat dissipation air duct 175 to prevent airflow entering the heat dissipation air duct 175 from affecting the temperature conduction effect of the conductive member 900 .
  • the second air duct 17b and the cooling air duct 175 are located on the upper and lower sides of the first partition 1382 respectively, and the cooling air duct 175 and the conductor 900 are located on the inner and outer sides of the second partition 1384.
  • the second partition 1384 is provided with an installation opening 1386, which runs through the inner and outer sides of the second partition 1384.
  • the temperature regulating member 4 is installed in the installation opening 1386, and the inner and outer sides of the temperature regulating member 4 are respectively connected to the installation opening 1386.
  • the conductive member 900 and the heat dissipation member 5 are thermally conductively connected.
  • the conductive member 900 extends toward the first air duct 17a to form a plurality of first heat conduction parts 930, and a first air guide channel 940 is formed between two adjacent first heat conduction parts 930 to further increase the The contact area between the airflow and the conductive member 900 allows the airflow to be more fully cooled or heated.
  • the first heat conducting portion 930 is flat and extends along the length direction of the arm portion 13 , and the plurality of first heat conducting portions 930 are arranged parallel to each other.
  • each first temperature conducting part 930 includes a first part 932, a second part 934 and a third part 936, and the second part 934 is connected between the first part 932 and the third part 936.
  • the size of the second part 934 is larger than the size of the first part 932 and the size of the third part 936 .
  • the second part 934 is connected to the outer wall of the arm 13 , and the first part 932 corresponds to the air inlet 15
  • the first communication channel 950 is formed between the first part 932 and the outer wall of the arm 13.
  • the third part 936 is positioned corresponding to the vent 910.
  • a first communication channel 950 is formed between the third part 936 and the outer wall of the arm 13.
  • first temperature conducting part 930 may also be cylindrical or in other shapes.
  • the conductive member 900 is extended toward the second air duct 17b to form a plurality of second heat conduction parts 970, and a second air guide channel 980 is formed between two adjacent second heat conduction parts 970 to further increase the The contact area between the airflow and the conductive member 900 allows the airflow to be more fully cooled or heated.
  • the second temperature conducting portion 970 is arc-shaped and extends toward the air outlet 16 , and the plurality of second temperature conducting portions 970 are arranged parallel to each other.
  • the second temperature conducting part 970 may also be cylindrical or in other shapes.
  • the conductive member 900 may be provided with only a plurality of first temperature conduction parts 930 or a plurality of second temperature conduction parts 970 .
  • the portable temperature control device is provided with two conductive members 900 , two temperature control members 4 , two partitions 138 and two heat dissipation members 5 corresponding to each fan wheel 3 .
  • the heat dissipation air duct 175 is formed between the two second partitions 1384 on the two partitions 138 , and the two heat dissipation members 5 are connected to each other and located at the radiator.
  • the two first partitions 1382 on the two partitions 138 are connected to each other to jointly separate the second air duct 173 and the heat dissipation air duct 175 .
  • the outer shell 135 is provided with a heat dissipation opening 118 at a position corresponding to the heat dissipation air duct 175 .
  • Each second partition 1384 is provided with an installation opening 1386, and the two temperature regulating components 4 are installed in the two installation openings 1386 respectively.
  • a first air channel 17a is formed between one conductor 900 and the outer shell 135, and another first air channel 17a is formed between the other conductor 900 and the inner shell 136.
  • the outer shell 135 and the inner shell 136 are respectively An air inlet 15 is provided corresponding to the position of the first air duct 17a.
  • the two conductive members 900 jointly form a wind passage 17c and a second air duct 17b.
  • the fan wheel 3 is disposed in the wind passage 17c.
  • a plurality of second temperature conducting parts 970 on the two conductive members 900 are connected to each other. And located in the second air duct 17b, the second air guide channel 980 formed on one of the conductive members 900 is connected with the second air guide channel 980 formed on the other conductor 900.
  • the outer shell 135 and the inner shell 136 are respectively provided with air outlets 16 at positions corresponding to the second air ducts 17b.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Mechanical Engineering (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Sustainable Development (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Combustion & Propulsion (AREA)
  • Professional, Industrial, Or Sporting Protective Garments (AREA)

Abstract

一种便携式调温装置，界定出一个穿戴空间（10），便携式调温装置包括主体部（11）、设在主体部（11）上的凸出部（12）以及至少部分设在凸出部（12）上的导温件（2），主体部（11）包括第一侧（111），凸出部（12）设在第一侧（111）并朝远离第一侧（111）的方向延伸凸出。该便携式调温装置可以通过所述凸出部（12）朝向遮盖人体背部的衣领延伸，甚至可以伸入衣领中，并且通过设置在凸出部（12）上的所述导温件与人体背部接触，从而使得导温件（2）将冷量或热量向人体背部传导，使得被衣领覆盖的背部区域也能实现温度调节，满足调节人体背部冷敷降温或热敷按摩的需求，提升用户的使用体验。

Description

便携式调温装置 技术领域
本申请涉及调温技术领域，尤其是涉及一种便携式调温装置。
背景技术
近年来人们越来越追求更加便利的生活，为了满足人们在户外可以方便使用调温装置的需求，市场上出现了各种各样的便携式调温装置，例如手持风扇、挂脖风扇等都可以供人们随身携带并可以随时供人们在户外使用。
但是，随着人们对于使用便携式调温装置的依赖性以及功能性的不断提高，现有的便携式调温装置已经无法满足人们的使用需求了。因此，如何进一步改进便携式调温装置的结构成了当下亟需解决的问题。
本申请内容
本申请要解决的技术问题在于，针对相关技术中的上述缺陷，提供一种改进的便携式调温装置，具体如下。
本申请解决其技术问题所采用的技术方案包括：提供一种便携式调温装置，界定出一个穿戴空间，所述便携式调温装置包括主体部、设在所述主体部上的凸出部以及至少部分设在所述凸出部上的导温件，所述主体部包括第一侧，所述凸出部设在所述第一侧并朝远离所述第一侧的方向延伸凸出。
优选地，所述导温件包括设在所述凸出部朝向所述穿戴空间一侧的第一部分，所述第一部分延伸至所述凸出部远离所述主体部的一侧。
优选地，所述导温件包括设在所述主体部朝向所述穿戴空间一侧的第二部分，所述第一部分和所述第二部分是分体的。
优选地，所述导温件包括设在所述主体部朝向所述穿戴空间一侧的第二部分，所述第一部分与所述第二部分是一体的。
优选地，所述凸出部远离所述主体部的一侧上设有背部出风口，所述第一部分避开所述背部出风口设置或所述第一部分上设有与所述背部出风口对应的通孔。
优选地，所述主体部包括与所述第一侧相对的第二侧，所述第二部分延伸至所述第二侧。
优选地，所述主体部包括基部、分别设在所述基部两端的臂部，所述基部与两个臂部共同界定出所述颈部穿戴空间，所述导温件包括设在所述臂部朝向所述穿戴空间一侧的第三部分，所述第二部分与所述第三部分是分体的或一体的。
优选地，所述主体部包括与所述第一侧相对的第二侧，所述臂部包括第三侧和第四侧，所述第三侧与所述第一侧在同一侧，所述第四侧与所述第二侧在同一侧，所述第三部分延伸至第三侧和/或第四侧。
优选地，所述凸出部远离所述主体部的外轮廓为弧形结构，所述弧形结构具有从远离穿戴空间的一边向靠近穿戴空间的一边倾斜的斜面。
优选地，所述便携式调温装置包括设在所述主体部或所述凸出部上并用于制冷和/或制热的调温件，所述导温件与所述调温件热传导接触，传导所述调温件的温度。
优选地，所述便携式调温装置包括设在所述主体部或所述凸出部中的风机以及设在所述主体部或所述凸出部中的散热件，所述散热件与所述调温件热传导接触，所述主体部或所述凸出部背离所述穿戴空间的一侧设有散热口，所述风机的风经过所述散热件从所述散热口吹出。
实施本申请的技术方案，至少具有以下的有益效果：本申请提供的便携式调温装置，界定出一个穿戴空间，所述便携式调温装置包括主体部、设在所述主体部上的凸出部以及至少部分设在所述凸出部上的导温件，所述主体部包括第一侧，所述凸出部设在所述第一侧并朝远离所述第一侧的方向延伸凸出。该便携式调温装置可以通过所述凸出部朝向遮盖人体背部的衣领延伸，甚至可以伸入衣领中，并且通过设置在凸出部上的所述导温件与人体背部接触，从而使得导温件将冷量或热量向人体背部传导，使得被衣领覆盖的背部区域也能实现温度调节，满足调节人体背部冷敷降温或热敷按摩的需求，提升用户的使用体验。
附图说明
为了更清楚地说明本申请实施例中的技术方案，下面将对实施例或现有技术描述中所需要使用的附图作简单地介绍，显而易见地，下面描述中的附图仅仅是本申请的一些实施例，对于本领域普通技术人员来讲，在不付出创造性劳动性的前提下，还可以根据这些附图获得其他的附图。
图1是本申请的第一实施方式的便携式调温装置的立体图。
图2是图1的便携式调温装置在另一角度上的立体图。
图3是图2中A部位的局部放大图。
图4是图1的便携式调温装置的内部结构示意图(省略主体部、凸出部和臂部的部分外侧壁)。
图5是图1的便携式调温装置的分解示意图(省略主体部、凸出部和臂部的部分外侧壁)。
图6是图1的便携式调温装置的分解示意图。
图7是本申请的第二实施方式的便携式调温装置的立体图。
图8是图7的便携式调温装置的另一角度下的立体图。
图9是图8中B部位的局部放大图。
图10是图8的便携式调温装置的立体图。
图11是图8的便携式调温装置的立体图。
图12是图8的便携式调温装置的立体剖视图。
图13是本申请的便携式调温装置在第三实施例中的立体图。
图14是图13中的便携式调温装置的第一分解图。
图15是图13中的便携式调温装置的第二分解图。
图16是图13中便携式调温装置的第一导风件的示意图。
图17是图13中的便携式调温装置的第二分解图。
图18是图13中的便携式调温装置的散热件的示意图。
图19是本申请的便携式调温装置在第四实施例中的中间部分的立体图。
图20是图19中的便携式调温装置的中间部分的分解图。
图21为本申请第五实施例提供的便携式调温装置的结构示意图。
图22为图21所示便携式调温装置另一角度的结构示意图。
图23为本申请第五实施例提供的便携式调温装置的分解图。
图24为图23所示便携式调温装置去除外侧壳体的结构示意图。
图25为图24另一角度的结构示意图。
图26为图24的分解图。
图27为图26另一角度的结构示意图。
图28为本申请第五实施例提供的导流件的结构示意图。
图29为本申请第六实施例提供的便携式调温装置的结构示意图。
图30为图29所示便携式调温装置中的臂部的结构示意图。
图31为图30所示的臂部的分解结构示意图。
图32为图31的进一步分解结构示意图。
图33为图32中内壳体一侧的分解结构示意图。
图34为本申请第六实施例中覆盖件的结构示意图。
图35为本申请第六实施例中散光片的示意图。
图36为图29所示便携式调温装置中的基部的结构示意图。
图37为图36所示的基部的分解结构示意图。
图38为图36所示的基部在另一个角度的分解结构示意图。
图39为图38中内壳体一侧结构的分解结构示意图。
图40为图36所示的基部的外壳体与内壳体拆解的剖面示意图。
图41为图40中C区域的局部放大示意图。
图42为图40所示的基部的外壳体与内壳体拼合后的剖面示意图。
图43为图36所示的基部的外壳体的结构示意图。
图44为本申请第七实施例的便携式调温装置的立体示意图。
图45为图44中便携式调温装置的一种分解示意图。
图46为图44中便携式调温装置的另一种分解示意图。
图47为图44中便携式调温装置的另一种分解示意图。
图48为图44中便携式调温装置的另一种分解示意图。
图49为本申请第八实施例提供的一种便携式调温装置的立体结构示意图。
图50为图49所示的便携式调温装置的第一分解示意图。
图51为图49所示的便携式调温装置的第二分解示意图。
图52为图51所示的第一内座的结构示意图。
图53为图49所示的便携式调温装置的第三分解示意图。
图54为图53所示的第一内座的结构示意图。
图55为本申请第九实施例提供的一种小型离心叶轮的立体结构示意图。
图56为图55示出的小型离心叶轮的另一立体结构示意图。
图57为图55示出的小型离心叶轮的剖面结构示意图。
图58为图57中的第一加强筋和第二加强筋在垂直于第一方向的投影平面上的投影的效果示意图。
图59为本申请第十实施例提供的一种便携式调温装置的立体结构示意图。
图60为图59示出的便携式调温装置的剖面结构示意图。
图61为图59中所示的一种小型离心叶轮的立体结构示意图。
图62为图61所示的小型离心叶轮的另一视角的结构示意图。
图63为图61所示的小型离心叶轮与壳体的相对位置关系示意图。
图64为图61所示的小型离心叶轮与进风口在另一实施方式的相关尺寸的关系示意图。
图65为本申请第十一实施例提供的一种小型离心叶轮的立体结构示意图。
图66为图65所示小型离心叶轮的另一视角立体结构示意图。
图67为图65所示小型离心叶轮的俯视图。
图68为图67所示小型离心叶轮沿线I-I的剖面示意图。
图69为图65所示小型离心叶轮的仰视图。
图70为图65所示小型离心叶轮的侧视图。
图71为本申请第十二实施例提供的一种离心风机的立体结构爆炸示意图。
图72为本申请第十三实施例提供的风扇调速电路的结构示意图。
图73为图72所示的风扇调速电路的一个具体实施例的结构示意图。
图74为本申请第十三实施例提供的风扇调速电路中电源模块的具体结构示意图。
图75为本申请第十三实施例提供的风扇调速电路中脉宽调制芯片的具体结构示意图。
图76为本申请第十三实施例提供的风扇调速电路中稳压单元的结构示意图。
图77为本申请第十三实施例提供的风扇调速电路中开关单元的结构示意图。
图78为本申请第十三实施提供的风扇调速电路中电机保护单元的结构示意图。
图79为本申请第十四实施例提供的一种风扇组件的结构示意图。
图80为本申请第十四实施例提供的风扇组件的分解结构示意图。
图81为图80中定子的结构示意图。
图82为图81中电机支架的结构示意图。
图83为图80中的两对绕组受力方向的示意图。
图84为图80中电路板的结构示意图。
图85为本申请第十五实施例提供的另一风扇组件的分解结构示意图。
图86为图85中定子的结构示意图。
图87为图86中电机支架的结构示意图。
图88为本申请第十六实施例提供的一种便携式调温装置的结构示意图。
图89为图88的便携式调温装置的分解结构示意图。
图90为本申请第十七实施例提供的一种半导体制冷器的爆炸结构示意图。
图91为图90所示的半导体制冷器移除第一基板、第二基板和封装件后的一种结构示意图。
图92为图90所示的半导体制冷器的一种剖面结构示意图。
图93为本申请第十八实施例提供的一种便携式调温装置的结构示意图。
图94为图93所示的便携式调温装置的一种剖面结构示意图。
图95为图93所示的便携式调温装置的分解结构示意图。
图96为图95所示的导温件与半导体制冷器的尺寸关系示意图。
图97为本申请第十九实施例提供的便携式调温装置的结构示意图；
图98为图97中所示便携式调温装置的部分分解示意图；
图99为图97中所示便携式调温装置的剖视示意图；
图100为图97中所示便携式调温装置未安装固定片时的示意图；
图101为图100中所示一臂部、一调温单元以及一控制组件的部分分解示意图；
图102为本申请第二十实施例提供的便携式调温装置未安装固定片时的结构示意图。
图103为本申请第二十一实施例的便携式调温装置的结构示意图。
图104为图103中的便携式调温装置的第一分解示意图。
图105为图103中的便携式调温装置的第二分解示意图。
图106为图103中的便携式调温装置的第三分解示意图。
图107为本申请第二十二实施例的便携式调温装置的分解示意图。
图108为本申请第二十二实施例的便携式调温装置的另一分解示意图。
图109是本申请第二十三实施例提供的便携式调温装置的结构示意图。
图110是图109中便携式调温装置的结构分解示意图。
图111是图109中便携式调温装置的部分结构的分解示意图。
图112是图111中便携式调温装置的部分结构在另一角度的分解示意图。
图113是图109中便携式调温装置在另一角度的结构示意图。
图114是图113中便携式调温装置的剖视图。
图115是本申请第二十四实施例提供的便携式调温装置的结构示意图。
图116是图115中便携式调温装置在另一角度的结构示意图。
图117是图115中便携式调温装置的部分结构的分解示意图。
图118是图117中便携式调温装置的部分结构的进一步分解示意图。
图119是图118中便携式调温装置的部分结构在另一角度的分解示意图。
图120是图115中便携式调温装置在另一角度的剖视图。
图121是本申请第二十五实施例提供的便携式调温装置的结构示意图。
图122是图121中便携式调温装置的结构分解示意图。
图123是图122中便携式调温装置的部分结构分解示意图。
图124是图121中便携式调温装置在另一角度的结构分解示意图。
图125是图121中便携式调温装置在另一角度的剖视图。
具体实施方式
为了对本申请的技术特征、目的和效果有更加清楚的理解，现对照附图详细说明本申请的具体实施方式。需要理解的是，如果文中出现“前”、“后”、“上”、“下”、“左”、“右”、“纵”、“横”、“竖直”、“水平”、“顶”、“底”、“内”、“外”等指示的方位或位置关系为基于附图所示的方位或位置关系、以特定的方位构造和操作，仅是为了便于描述本技术方案，而不是指示所指的装置或元件必须具有特定的方位，因此不能理解为对本申请的限制。还需要说明的是，除非另有明确的规定和限定，如果文中出现“安装”、“相连”、“连接”、“固定”、“设置”等术语应做广义理解，例如，可以是固定连接，也可以是可拆卸连接，或成一体；可以是直接相连，也可以通过中间媒介间接相连，可以是两个元件内部的连通或两个元件的相互作用关系。当一个元件被称为在另一元件“上”或“下”时，该元件能够“直接地”或“间接地”位于另一元件之上，或者也可能存在一个或更多个居间元件。如果文中出现术语“第一”、“第二”、“第三”等仅是为了便于描述本技术方案，而不能理解为指示或暗示相对重要性或者隐含指明所指示的技术特征的数量，由此，限定有“第一”、“第二”、“第三”等的特征可以明示或者隐含地包括一个或者更多个该特征。对于本领域的普通技术人员而言，可以根据具体情况理解上述术语在本发明中的具体含义。
以下描述中，为了说明而不是为了限定，提出了诸如特定系统结构、技术之类的具体细节，以便透彻理解本申请实施例。然而，本领域的技术人员应当清楚，在没有这些具体细节的其它实施例中也可以实现本申请。在其它情况中，省略对众所周知的系统、装置、电路以及方法的详细说明，以免不必要的细节妨碍本申请的描述。
参见图1至图6，本申请的第一实施方式中的便携式调温装置，界定出一个穿戴空间10，便携式调温装置包括主体部11、设在主体部11上的凸出部12以及至少部分设在凸出部12上的用于与人体接触的导温件2，主体部11包括第一侧111，凸出部12设在第一侧111并朝远离第一侧111的方向延伸凸出。
具体的是，该便携式调温装置为挂脖式调温装置，主体部11为具有自由端的U型结构或者无自由端的封闭式圆形结构，主体部11可以单独界定出一个穿戴空间10，主体部11也可以与凸出部12共同界定出一个穿戴空间10，该穿戴空间10可以容许人体的部位穿戴，如人体颈部。导温件2设于凸出部12的表面上，且朝向穿戴空间10。导温件2优选为热传导效率较高的材料，例如铝材质等金属材料。在该便携式调温装置通过穿戴空间10穿戴在人体脖子上时，主体部11的第一侧111与人体肩膀接触，作为支撑面，由于凸出部12设在第一侧111上并朝远离第一侧111的方向延伸凸出，此时凸出部12能够可以伸入衣领中，导温件2会与人体背部区域进行接触。
该便携式调温装置可以通过凸出部12朝向遮盖人体背部的衣领延伸，甚至可以伸入衣领中，并且通过设置在凸出部12上的导温件2与人体背部接触，从而使得导温件2将冷量或热量向人体背部传导，使得被衣领覆盖的背部区域也能实现温度调节，满足调节人体背部冷敷降温或热敷按摩的需求，提升用户的使用体验。
导温件2包括设在凸出部12朝向穿戴空间10一侧表面的第一部分21，第一部分21延伸至凸出部12远离主体部11的一侧，从而使得凸出部12远离主体部11的一侧与人体接触时也能传导温度。
凸出部12远离主体部11的一侧上设有背部出风口122，第一部分21避开背部出风口122设置或第一部分21上设有与背部出风口122对应的通孔。
在本实施方式中，当导温件2用于将冷量传导给人体背部时，为了增加人体背部降温的效果，也可以在凸出部12远离主体部11的一侧上设有背部出风口122，且第一部分21避开背部出风口122设置或第一部分21上设有与背部出风口122对应的通孔，第一部分21和背部出风口122分别独立工作，第一部分21不阻挡背部出风口122的出风，且互不干扰，通过背部出风口122，可以朝向人体背部吹风，起到降温的效果。
导温件2包括设在主体部11朝向穿戴空间10一侧表面的第二部分22，第一部分21和第二部分22是分体的或一体的。具体而言，当第一部分21和第二部分22是分体的时，两者是分开的两个零件；当第一部分21和第二部分22是一体的时，两者是一个零件。从而可以通过导温件2的第二部分22向脖子传导温度，同时凸出部12伸入衣领中通过导温件2的第一部分21向人体背部传导温度，向人体传导温度的区域更大，实现更大范围的温度调节。
当第一部分21和第二部分22是一体的时，第一部分21向第二部分22平缓过渡，具体的是第一部分21的表面和第二部分22的表面平齐，从而便携式调温装置更符合人体工学，当人体背部与第一部分21接触时，人体颈部与第二部分22接触时，人体导温件2接触的触感更舒适。
主体部11包括与第一侧111相对的第二侧112，第二部分22延伸至第二侧112。
主体部11包括基部110、分别设在基部110两端的臂部13，基部110与两个臂部13共同界定出穿戴空间10，导温件2包括设在臂部13朝向穿戴空间10一侧表面的第三部分23，在本实施方式中，第三部分23具有两个，分别设于两个臂部13上，第二部分22与人体的颈部后侧接触，两个第三部分23分别与人体的颈部左右两侧接触。第二部分22与第三部分23是分体的或一体的。具体而言，当第二部分22和第三部分23是分体的时，两者是分开的两个零件；当第二部分22和第三部分23是一体的时，两者是一个一体成型的零件。从而可以通过导温件2的第三部分23向人体脖子侧面接触传导温度，进一步使得人体传导温度的区域更大，实现更大范围的温度调节。
基部110包括与第一侧111相对的第二侧112，臂部13包括第三侧131和第四侧132，第三侧131与第一侧111在同一侧，第四侧132与第二侧112在同一侧，第三部分23延伸至第三侧131和/或第四侧132。
在本实施方式中，设置第三部分23延伸至第三侧131和/或第四侧132，一方面是可以显著增加与人体颈部的接触面积，另一方面，在人体佩戴本申请的便携式调温装置后，当人体在活动头部，如转动头部角度时，第三部分23可以始终保持与人体颈部的接触，提升导温件2向人体传导温度的体验更佳。
凸出部12远离主体部11的外轮廓为弧形结构，这样，凸出部12的形态符合人体工学，具有圆润的外形，从而在佩戴过程中凸出部12与人体接触甚至碰撞时，舒适感较好，不易被刮到或刺痛。且弧形结构相比于直线结构，可以减少用户与凸出部12远离主体部11的一侧接触时的接触面积，从而进一步增加佩戴的舒适性。
弧形结构具有从远离穿戴空间10的一边向靠近穿戴空间10的一边倾斜的斜面123。斜面123的作用还可以是避免用户抬头时，凸出部12的末端会抵顶人体的背部，从而给用户造成不适，因此斜面123的设置使得凸出部12的形态更加符合人体工学，外形更加圆润，提升佩戴舒适感。
便携式调温装置包括设在主体部11、臂部13和/或凸出部12上并用于制冷和/或制热的调温件4，导温件2与调温件4热传导接触，向人体传导调温件4的温度。具体而言，调温件4可以为半导体制冷片，通电时其相对两侧分别构成冷端和热端，切换电流的方向，冷端和热端可以相互切换，导温件2向人体传导冷或热。
便携式调温装置包括设在主体部11或凸出部12中的风机3以及设在主体部11或凸出部12中的散热件5，调温件4一端与散热件5热传导接触，调温件4另一端与导温件2热传导接触，主体部11或凸出部12背离穿戴空间10的一侧设有散热口14，风机3的风经过散热件5进行热交换后从散热口14向外吹出，实现散热。在图4的实施例中，风机3和调温件4设在主体部11，主体部11远离穿戴空间10的一侧对应散热件5的位置设有散热口14，风机的风经过散热件5进行热交换，然后经散热口14向外吹出，实现散热。需要强调的是，当导温件2传导冷量时，才需要散热件5和风机3配合对调温件4的热端进行散热。
参见图7至图12，为本申请第二实施例的便携式调温装置，其与第一实施例便携式调温装置基本相同：
在本实施例中，凸出部12的延伸距离(参考图7中的D)大于15mm，使得凸出部的背向第二侧112的一侧的第一出风口122可以朝向人体背部吹风，实现人体背部的降温调节需求，提高用户的降温体验。
进一步的，凸出部12的延伸距离为20mm-50mm，例如20mm、30mm、40mm或50mm，该延伸距离使得凸出部12能有效伸入衣领中对背部吹风降温的同时不会对佩戴该便携式调温装置的用户活动造成影响，例如在用户将便携式调温装置通过穿戴空间10穿戴在人体脖颈上后，凸出部12不会阻挡用户把头部进行后仰。
进一步优选地，凸出部12的延伸距离为30mm-40mm，例如30mm、33mm、36mm或40mm，该延伸距离使得凸出部12能更有效伸入衣领中对背部吹风降温的同时，延伸距离更为合适，使用者佩戴体验更为舒适。
凸出部12背向第二侧112的外轮廓为弧形结构。
在本实施方式中，在便携式调温装置使用的过程，由于凸出部12背向第二侧112的一侧会与用户背发生接触，将凸出部12背向第二侧112的一侧设为弧形结构，外形更加圆润，符合人体工学设计，一方面可以使得用户与凸出部12背向第二侧112的一侧接触时的触感更加舒适，不会产生被刮到或刺痛的感觉，增加佩戴的舒适性，另一方面，弧形结构相比于直线结构，可以减少用户与凸出部12背向第二侧112的一侧接触时的接触面积，从而进一步增加佩戴的舒适性。
进一步地，弧形结构包括第一斜壁121、第二斜壁125，第一斜壁121与第二斜壁125相连接并且两者的间距朝远离所述第二侧的方向逐渐变小。
在本实施方式中，第一斜壁121的一端与所述第一侧111连接，第一斜壁121的另一端和第二斜壁125的一端连接，第二斜壁125另一端也与所述第一侧111连接。同时第一斜壁121与第二斜壁125相连接并且两者的间距朝远离所述第二侧的方向逐渐变小以使得第一斜壁121、第二斜壁125共同形成一个“V”型结构。相比于直线结构，这样设置可以减少用户与凸出部12背向第二侧112的一侧接触时的接触面积，从而进一步增加佩戴的舒适性。
进一步的，第一出风口122设在所述第一斜壁121和所述第二斜壁125上。
在本实施方式中，所述第一斜壁121和所述第二斜壁125上均设有第一出风口122，第一出风口122的一端在第一斜壁121上，另一端在第二斜壁125上，因此第一出风口122的形状也呈“V”型，这样设置，第一出风口122的出风可以呈扩散式出风，可以增加第一出风口122的出风面积，从而增加对人体背部的吹风面积。当然，第一出风口122的数量也可以是两个，其中一个第一出风口122设于第一斜壁121上，另一个第一出风口122设于第二斜壁125上。
进一步的，弧形结构具有一斜面123，第一出风口122开设有斜面123上，斜面123从远离穿戴空间10的一边向靠近穿戴空间10的一边倾斜，将第一出风口122开设有斜面123上，防止用户与凸出部12背向第二侧112的一侧接触时，用户的背部皮肤会堵住第一出风口122，阻挡第一出风口122的出风，增加出风的可靠性。斜面123的作用还可以是避免用户抬头时，凸出部12的末端会抵顶人体的背部，从而给用户造成不适，因此斜面123的设置使得凸出部12的形态更加符合人体工学，外形更加圆润，提升佩戴舒适感。
进一步的，所述第一出风口122设于所述斜面123靠近所述穿戴空间10的一边上。通过这样的位置设置，使得所述第一出风口122吹出来的风可以沿着人体背部表面进行传导，进一步提升本申请的降温效果。
所述主体部11包括基部110、分别设在所述基部110两端的臂部13，所述基部110与两个臂部13共同界定出所述穿戴空间10，所述基部110和所述凸出部12为一体成型结构。
在本实施方式中，基部110和凸出部12可以为一体成型结构，一体成型结构可以减少基部110和凸出部12之间的装配定位流程，有利于提升本申请的便携式调温装置的制造良品率和降低制造成本。
进一步的，主体部11包括在厚度方向上背向穿戴空间10的主体部外壁116，凸出部12包括在厚度方向上背向穿戴空间10的凸出部外壁124，主体部外壁116向凸出部外壁124平缓过渡。该挂脖调温装置在使用时，凸出部12可以伸入衣领中向人体背部吹风，实现背部的温度调节，由于主体部外壁116向凸出部外壁124平缓过渡，所以凸出部12容易顺畅地伸入衣领中向人体背部吹风，不易受到主体部外壁116和凸出部外壁124形状的阻碍，同时衣领被撑起的程度较小，不会太突兀，隐蔽性较好。主体部外壁116与凸出部外壁124齐平，从而尽可能地使得凸出部12容易顺畅地伸入衣领中，同时衣领被撑起的程度尽可能小，不突兀，隐蔽性较好。
主体部11包括在厚度方向上朝向穿戴空间10的主体部内壁117，凸出部12包括在厚度方向上朝向穿戴空间10的凸出部内壁126，主体部内壁117向凸出部内壁126平缓过渡，从而使得挂脖调温装置挂在脖颈上时，脖颈与主体部内壁117以及凸出部内壁126接触的感受舒适。
主体部11或凸出部12背离穿戴空间10的一侧设有用于供风进入便携式调温装置中的进风口15。主体部11或凸出部12中还设有风机。所述风机对应进风口15和第一出风口122设置。风机用于将进风口15处的气流加速引导至第一出风口122并由第一出风口122对外导出。
进一步的，主体部11的第二侧112设有用于吹风的第二出风口113。
在本实施方式中，主体部11的第二侧112设有用于吹风的第二出风口113，第二出风口113可以向脖颈或头部吹，便携式调温装置佩戴于脖颈处时，凸出部12往人体的背部延伸，使得第一出风口122可精准朝向用户的背部进行吹风降温，同时第二出风口113朝向用户的脖颈进行吹风降温，即便携式调温装置既能有效往人体背部吹风，又能同时兼顾向人体颈部吹风，进而提高了便携式调温装置的实用性，同时也给用户带来更好的使用体验脖颈。
如图13至图18所示，进一步地，主体部11的中部与凸出部12共同组成便携式调温装置的中间部分，中间部分的内部设有第一风道210和第二风道310，第一风道210与第一出风口122连通，第二风道310与第二出风口113连通，第一风道210可以独立对第一出风口122进行送风，第二风道310可以独立对第二出风口113进行送风，进而优化了便携式调温装置的内部送风结构，经过第一风道210和第二风道310的独立送风结构对形成风的气流进行整流后，可以确保气流可以顺畅地通过第一出风口122的和第二出风口113向外界吹出。
进一步地，便携式调温装置包括第一导风件41，所述第一导风件41设于所述中间部分的内部，所述第一导风件41与所述中间部分的内壁形成第一风道210，在生产制造的过程，为降低制造第一风道210的难度，通过将第一导风件41通过安装的方式固定于中间部分的内部即可实现。在其他的实施例中，第一导风件41与中间部分的内壁一体成型，且第一导风件41与中间部分的内壁形成风道后并对气流起到导流作用即可。
进一步地，第一导风件41包括相互形成夹角设置的导风板411和护板412，导风板411与护板412连接，导风板411与凸出部12背离第二出风口113的侧壁密封连接，护板412与凸出部12朝向穿戴空间10的侧壁密封连接，以使得第一风道210的两端中间不会漏风，并可以有效地将气流导向第一出风口122。具体地，导风板411远离第一出风口122的一端往外扩形成喇叭状的入口，使得气流从入口进入后被远离入口一端的第一风道210进行压缩，进一步使得气流流向第一出风口122时更加集中，从而使得第一出风口122流出的气流更强劲。
进一步地，导风板411背离第一风道210的一侧、护板412背离第一风道210的一侧与中间部分的侧壁共同形成用于安装电路板的容纳腔，避免电路板对流经第一风道的气流产生干扰。
在本实施方式中，中间部分设有进风口15，第一风道210内设有分隔件33，分隔件33将第一风道210分隔成第一子风道和第二子风道，第一子风道的一端和第二子风道的一端都与进风口15连通，第一子风道的另一端和第二子风道的另一端都与第一出风口122连通，其中，第一出风口122为扁长状，为使得第一出风口122的整体出风比较均匀，对应地，通过分隔件33将第一风道210分隔成第一子风道和第二子风道，迫使气流最终从第一出风口122吹出时，第一出风口122各个位置的出风风量较为均匀。
在本实施方式中，便携式调温装置包括第二导风件42，所述第二导风件42设于中间部分的内部，第二导风件42包括底板43、第一侧板44和第二侧板45，第一侧板44与第二侧板45分别连接于底板43两侧，且第一侧板44与第二侧板呈“V”形设置，底板43、第一侧板44、第二侧板45与中间部分的内壁形成第二风道310，在生产制造的过程，为降低制造第二风道310的难度，第二导风件42通过安装的方式固定于中间部分的内部即可实现。在其他的实施例中，第二导风件42与中间部分的内壁一体成型，且第二导风件42与中间部分的内壁形成风道后并对气流起到导流作用即可。
如图13至图17所示，在本申请的第三实施方式中，其与第二实施例相比，进一步地，在本实施例中，中间部分设有进风口15，进风口15包括第一进风口151和第二进风口152，中间部分的内部设有第一蜗壳51、第二蜗壳52、第一风机53和第二风机54；第一蜗壳51围设有与第一进风口151连通的第一安装腔25，第一蜗壳51设有与第一安装腔25连通的第一开口26，第一开口26与第一风道210连通，第一风机53设于第一安装腔25内；第二蜗壳52围设有与第二进风口152连通的第二安装腔27，第二蜗壳52设有与第二安装腔27连通的第二开口28，第二开口28与第二风道310连通，第二风机54设于第二安装腔27内。通过第一蜗壳51和第二蜗壳52分别将第一风机53和第二风机54间隔开，使得第一风机53与第二风机54在工作时互不干扰。
第一风机53工作时，第一风机53从第一进风口151吸入空气，并将空气在第一安装腔25内进行转化成气流，气流通过第一风道210向第一出风口122吹出，使得用户可以感受到凉意；同样，第二风机54工作时，第二风机54从第二进风口152吸入空气，并对空气在第二安装腔27内进行转化成气流，气流通过第二风道310向第二出风口113吹出，使得用户可以感受到凉意。当第一进风口151被异物遮挡时，第二进风口152还可以正常对第二安装腔27进行供风，便携式调温装置还可以通过第二出风口113进行吹风工作，同样第二进风口152被异物遮挡时，第一进风口151还可以正常对第一安装腔25进行供风，便携式调温装置还可以通过第一出风口122进行吹风工作，即第一安装腔25单独使用第一进风口151进风，第二安装腔27单独使用第二进风口152进风，可以确保便携式调温装置的第一出风口122和第二出风口113至少一个可以进行正常工作。
如图14至图18所示，进一步地，便携式调温装置包括散热件5、导温件2和调温件4，中间部分的内部设有散热风道71，散热风道71位于第一风道210和第二风道310之间，散热件5设于散热风道71内，中间部分背离穿戴空间10的一侧设有供散热风道71连通的散热口14，导温件2固定于中间部分面向穿戴空间10的一侧，调温件4分别与散热件5和导温件2热传导连接，调温件4为半导体制冷片。调温件4在对导温件2进行制冷时，调温件4对应会产生大量的热量，热量传递给散热件5，散热件5通过散热口14将热量散发于便携式调温装置外。将便携式调温装置佩戴于脖颈处时，便携式调温装置既可以通过第一出风口122和第二出风口113供向人体吹风降温，还可以通过导温件2贴合于脖颈，并向脖颈传递冷量进行降温，进而使得便携式调温装置具有多种对人体降温的功能，进一步地提高便携式调温装置的实用性。
在本实施方式中，散热口14包括第一散热口141和第二散热口142，散热件5将散热风道71分成第一散热风道和第二散热风道，第一散热风道一端与第一开口26连通，第一散热风道的另一端与第一散热口141连通，第二散热风道的一端与第二开口28连通，第二散热风道的另一端与第二散热口142连通，且气流通过第一散热风道的流向与气流通过第二散热风道的流向相反，具体地，第一散热风道和第一风道210将第一开口26吹出的气流分隔成两股，一股气流通过第一风道210向第一出风口122吹出，供人体背部吹风散热，另一股气流通过第一散热风道并向第一散热口141吹出，其中，气流流经第一散热风道，气流会携带散热件5散发出的热量向第一散热口141吹出，进而散热件5得以散热冷却。第二散热风道和第二风道310将第二开口28吹出的气流分隔成两股，一股气流通过第二风道310向第二出风口113吹出，供人体脖颈吹风散热，另一股气流通过第二散热风道并向第二散热口142吹出，其中，气流流经第二散热风道，气流会携带散热件5散发出的热量向第二散热口142吹出，进而散热件5得以散热冷却。
在本实施方式中，散热件5包括第一散热鳍片511和第二散热鳍片512，第一散热鳍片511和第二散热鳍片512都为多个，相邻两个第一散热鳍片511之间形成第一散热间隙73，第一散热间隙73远离第一开口26的一端与第一散热口141连通，相邻个第二散热鳍片512之间形成第二散热间隙74，第二散热间隙74远离第二开口28的一端与第二散热口142连通，第一散热间隙73的进风处于第二散热间隙74的进风处相悖设置，第一散热间隙73将第一开口26吹出气流导向第一散热口141吹出，第二散热间隙74将第二开口28吹出的气流导向第二散热口142吹出，且第一开口26吹出的气流流经第一散热间隙73的方向与第二开口28吹出的气流流经第二散热间隙74的方向相反。通过多个第一散热鳍片511以及多个第一散热间隙73、多个第二散热鳍片512以及多个第二散热间隙74，使得散热件5整体接触散热气流的面积增大，散热件5的散热能力得以增强。
如图19和图20所示，为本申请的第四实施方式，其与第二实施例相比，进一步地，在本实施例中，所述第二出风口113包括并排设置的第一子出风口1131和第二子出风口1132，第一子出风口1131相对第二子出风口1132更靠近佩戴空间一侧设置，便携式调温装置包括第二导风件42，第二导风件42设于中间部分的内部，导风件42包括相互连接的第一隔板46和第二隔板47，第一隔板46与第二隔板47一体成型，第二隔板47与第一隔板46形成夹角设置，且第二隔板47连接于第一隔板46的两侧之间，第二隔板47横跨第一隔板46的两端设置，第一隔板46与中间部分的内壁形成第二风道310，第二隔板47位于第二风道310内，并将第二风道310分割成第三子风道和第四子风道，第三子风道与第一子出风口1131连通，第四子风道与第二子出风口1132连通，第三子风道与第四子风道在导流时互不干扰，可以确保第一子出风口1131和第二子出风口1132出风的风量较均匀。本实施例其余部分结构与上述第二实施例相同。
请参考图21至图28，本申请第五实施例提供一种便携式调温装置，其与第一实施例相比，在本实施例中，便携式调温装置包括主体11，主体11包括相连的两个外壳107，各外壳107内均设有第一风机200和第二风机300，外壳107沿长度方向依次设有第一出风口101、避让部102和第二出风口103，第一风机200和第二风机300位于第一出风口101和第二出风口103之间，第一风机200和第二风机300位于避让部102内，第一风机200用于向第一出风口101送风，第二风机300用于向第二出风口103送风。
本实施例中，主体11的两端弯曲并围成一用于佩戴的穿戴空间10，主体11的两端之间形成有与穿戴空间10连通的开口。主体11可以由两个外壳107拼接而成，也可以是人为地划分成两个外壳107。
进一步地，主体11具有第一端105和第二端106，避让部102至第一端105的长度小于避让部102至第二端106的长度，避让部102至第一端105的长度大于避让部102至主体11中部的长度。
本实施例中，避让部102对应用户的一边耳朵设置，第一端105位于其中一个外壳107上，第二端106位于另一个外壳107上，第二出风口103设于主体11的中部。由于避让部102设于其中一个外壳107上，使得避让部102至第一端105的长度小于避让部102至第二端106的长度。此外由于耳朵的位置相对用户的脸部更靠近后脑勺，避让部102至第一端105的长度大于避让部102至主体11中部的长度可以使得用户佩戴该便携式调温装置时避让部102位于耳朵的正下方。
在一实施例中，外壳107内设有第一出风道104和第二出风道108，第一出风道104位于第一风机200远离避让部102中部的一侧，第一出风道104的一端连通第一风机200的导流口，第一风机200通过导流口进行出风，另一端朝远离第一风机200的方向延伸并连通第一出风口101，第二出风道108位于第二风机300远离避让部102中部的一侧，第二出风道108的一端连通第二风机300的导流口，另一端朝远离第二风机300的方向延伸并连通第二出风口103。
需要说明的是，在本申请中，避让部102的中部指避让部102位于第一风机200和第二风机300之间的部分。
第一出风道104的截面积从靠近第一风机200的一端朝远离第一风机200的一端逐渐变小。由于第一出风道104内的风量会随着从第一出风口101吹出而逐渐变小，导致第一出风口101靠近第一风机200的一端的出风速度大于远离第一风机200的一端的出风速度，通过缩小第一出风道104可以提高第一出风口101远离第一风机200的一端的出风速度，使第一出风口101的整体出风更加均匀。
进一步地，第一出风道104包括第一子风道1041，第一子风道1041靠近第一出风口101的一端设有与第一出风口101连通的第三出风口109，第三出风口109的长度方向与第一出风口101的长度方向相同。
外壳107内还设有导流件140，导流件140位于第一风机200远离避让部102中部的一侧，第一出风道104至少部分设于导流件140上，导流件140包括导流板143，导流板143部分弯折并围设形成第一子风道1041。
进一步地，导流件140包括基座144和设于基座144一端的导流板143，导流板143包括弯折部1431和设于弯折部1431同一侧的第一导流部1432和第二导流部1433，第一导流部1432和第二导流部1433沿基座144的长度方向延伸。
进一步地，第一出风道104还包括第二子风道1042和第三子风道1043，第一子风道1041和第二子风道1042并排设于第三子风道1043的同一端且第二子风道1042与第三子风道1043相连。
具体地，第一子风道1041的延伸方向与第二子风道1042的延伸方向以及第三子风道1043的延伸方向大致相同，第一子风道1041的宽度和第二子风道1042的宽度均小于第三子风道1043的宽度。
在一实施例中，便携式调温装置还包括设于外壳107上的导温件2，导温件2至少部分设于避让部102。由于第一出风口101和第二出风口103无法直接对避让部102出风进行调温，导温件2的设置实现了对用户靠近避让部102的部位进行接触调温。
进一步地，外壳107内还设有调温件4和散热件5，导温件2和散热件5分别设于调温件4的相对两侧且与调温件4热传导连接。
本实施例中，调温件4为半导体制冷器，导温件2为铝合金。导温件2设于内侧壳体170靠近穿戴空间10的一侧上。导温件2用于将半导体制冷器产生的冷量或热量均匀地传递到用户的脖子上，以实现制冷或制热的功能。散热件5包括多个散热鳍片，以增大第一风机200吹出的气流与散热件5的接触面积，提高散热效率。
在一实施例中，外壳107上还设有散热口118，散热口118位于第一风机200远离避让部102中部的一侧，外壳107内设有散热风道119，散热风道119位于第一风机200远离第二风机300的一侧，散热风道119的一端连通第一风机200的导流口，另一端朝远离第一风机200的方向延伸并连通散热口118，散热件5设于散热风道119内。
具体地，外侧壳体160上设有第一进风口114、第二进风口115和散热口118，第一进风口114对应第一风机200设置，第二进风口115对应第二风机300设置，第一出风口101设于外侧壳体160与内侧壳体170的交界处。外壳107内设有与第一出风口101连通的收容腔133，第一风机200位于收容腔133内，收容腔133内还设有导流件140，第一风机200位于导流件140与第二风机300之间，导流件140将收容腔133的一部分隔开并形成散热风道119。
进一步地，收容腔133内还设有控制电路板180和电源190，控制电路板180分别与电源190、调温件4、第一风机200和第二风机300电性连接。控制电路板180用于根据用户输入的指令控制各风机的启停、工作挡位，以及调温件4的工作模式(制冷或制热)和工作温度等。
在一实施例中，主体11包括相对设置的上侧和下侧，两个第二出风口103均位于主体11的上侧，或两个第二出风口103均位于主体11的下侧，或其中一个第二出风口103位于主体11的上侧，另一个第二出风口103位于主体11的下侧。
本实施例中，两个第一出风口101均设于主体11的上侧，其中一个第二出风口103设于主体11的上侧，另一个第二出风口103设于主体11的下侧。当用户将便携式调温装置佩戴在脖子上时，主体11的上侧朝向用户的头部，以便于对用户的脸部和后颈部进行吹风降温，主体11的下侧朝向用户的身体，以便于对用户的背部进行吹风降温，避让部102与用户的耳朵相对，避免了第一出风口101和第二出风口103出风时气流直接吹向耳朵，进而减小了用户听到的噪音。
在一实施例中，避让部102上设有柔性连接件1021。
具体地，主体11包括相连的外侧壳体160和内侧壳体170，内侧壳体170相对外侧壳体160靠近穿戴空间10。外侧壳体160为一整块的长条板状结构，内侧壳体170包括沿外侧壳体160的长度方向依次间隔设置的第一壳段171、第二壳段172和第三壳段173，第一壳段171和第二壳段172之间设有柔性连接件1021，第二壳段172和第三壳段173之间设有柔性连接件1021，柔性连接件1021可以为软胶，柔性连接件1021的设置提高了主体11的形变能力，以便于调整穿戴空间10的大小，适配不同的用户进行佩戴。
本申请提供的便携式调温装置包括主体11，主体11包括相连的两个外壳107，各外壳107内均设有第一风机200和第二风机300，外壳107沿长度方向依次设有第一出风口101、避让部102和第二出风口103，第一风机200和第二风机300位于第一出风口101和第二出风口103之间，第一风机200和第二风机300位于避让部102内，当该便携式调温装置佩戴在用户脖子上时，第一风机200带动气流朝远离避让部102中部的方向运动并从第一出风口101吹出，第二风机300带动气流朝远离避让部102中部的方向运动并从第二出风口103吹出，由于避让部102与用户耳朵的位置对应，一方面避免了第一出风口101和第二出风口103直接对着用户的耳朵进行出风，减少耳朵接收到的噪音，另一方面第一风机200和第二风机300产生的气流朝远离避让部102的方向吹出，进而使得噪音不容易进入用户的耳朵内，进一步减少了耳朵接收到的噪音，提升了用户的使用体验。
需要说明的是，风机产生的气流在经过风道流向出风口的过程中，气流与风道壁不断摩擦并产生噪音，噪音随着气流的运动方向进行叠加后在出风口处达到最大。当上述便携式调温装置佩戴在用户脖子上时，由于避让部102是主体11上距离用户耳朵最近的区域，通过将第一风机200和第二风机300设置在避让部102的相对两侧并朝远离避让部102中部的方向出风，可以使得噪音沿远离用户耳朵的方向进行叠加，进而减少了耳朵接收到的噪音。
请同时参照图29至图43所示，本申请第六实施例提供一种便携式调温装置，其与第一实施例相比，进一步地，在本实施例中，便携式调温装置包括主体部11和覆盖件60。其中，实现吹风、接触制冷等调温功能的组件主要设置在主体部11上，例如主体部11设置有进风口15、出风口16和散热口14，以及连通进风口15和散热口14的风道17。主体部11内设置有风机3、散热件5和调温件4(可参照图33和图39)来实现主体部11的调温功能，其中，风机3设置在风道17内且对应进风口15设置。散热件5设置在风道17内且对应散热口14设置。调温件4设置在风道17外并与散热件5热传导连接，调温件4例如为半导体制冷片，结合连接于调温件4背向散热件5的一侧的温度传导件2(可参照图33和图39)可实现接触降温功能。覆盖件60连接于主体部11且覆盖进风口15和散热口14。覆盖件60上设置有与进风口15连通的第一通孔阵列601，以及与散热口14连通的第二通孔阵列602。
在本实施例中，主体部11的壳体材料厚度可以设置得较厚，具有一定的强度并且能对其内部组件进行较好的保护，为了降低主体部11上壳体的开孔难度，可以将进风口15开成一个接近风机3直径的整体的大孔。同理散热口14也可以开设成较大的孔。第一通孔阵列601和第二通孔阵列602均包括多个小孔，第一通孔阵列601中小孔的尺寸小于进风口15的尺寸，第二通孔阵列602中小孔的尺寸小于散热口14的尺寸。如此将较大的孔开设在主体部11上，相比于直接在主体部11上开多而小的孔而言难度更小。将较小的孔开设在覆盖件60上，覆盖件60的厚度可以选择得比较小，不受主体部11的材料厚度影响，开孔难度小，同时第一通孔阵列601和第二通孔阵列602还可以防止头发等异物的进入。并且第一通孔阵列601和第二通孔阵列602的单独开设于覆盖件60上，本实施例中主体部11可以是弧形结构，在内部设置用于安装风机3、散热件5和调温件4的安装结构时，覆盖件60上的开孔工艺并不受主体部11内部复杂结构的影响，操作方便。另外覆盖件60可选择不同于主体部11的材质、颜色、图案等，可以实现便携式调温装置的多样化选择设计。
具体地，以下结合图29所示的挂脖式的结构对本实施例提供的便携式调温装置进行具体说明。
图29举例了一种挂脖式的便携式调温装置的结构示意图。如图29中所示的，该便携式调温装置整体呈U型结构，包括基部110和设置在基部110相对两端的两个臂部13，两个臂部13均朝基部110的一侧延伸并与基部110围合形成穿戴空间10。佩戴时人体颈部位于穿戴空间10内。当然，该便携式调温装置还可以为手持式、挂脖式、腰带式等，本实施例并不限制于此。
图29所示便携式调温装置中，基部110和两个臂部13上均可以设置独立的具有调温功能的组件(即风机3、散热件5和调温件4等)。本实施例中，可以认为具有调温功能的组件的部分为主体部11，或者，可以理解为基部110和两个臂部13中任意一者都可以独立具备主体部11的结构。在一个实施例中，基部110和臂部13均具备主体部11的结构，也可以理解为主体部11包括基部110和臂部13，且基部110和臂部13背向穿戴空间10的一侧分别设置有进风口15和散热口14并对应连接有覆盖件60。也即基部110上连接有覆盖件60，臂部13上也连接有覆盖件60。
图30至图33中示出了该便携式调温装置中的臂部13的结构。
参照图30，该部分的便携式调温装置包括臂部13和覆盖件60，根据图30中所示的方位，覆盖件60上左边近似圆形阵列的孔阵列为第一通孔阵列601，右边近似长条型的孔阵列为第二通孔阵列602。参照图31的分解结构示意图，主体部11上形成安装凹槽134，覆盖件60设置在安装凹槽134内则组合成图30所示的结构。其中覆盖件60可以通过胶水粘接的方式固定在安装凹槽134中，也可以采用卡扣连接等其他方式固定在安装凹槽134中。根据图31所示的方位，主体部11上左边的圆形开孔为进风口15，右边的长条开孔为散热口14。当覆盖件60安装在主体部11上时第一通孔阵列601与进风口15对准，第二通孔阵列602与散热口14对准，主体部11外的气流可以从第一通孔阵列601经进风口15进入主体部11内部。主体部11内部的散热气流可以经散热口14从第二通孔阵列602吹出。
参照图32，该部分的主体部11的壳体结构(即臂部13)可以分为相对的外壳体135和内壳体136，外壳体135和内壳体136例如通过螺丝连接拼合，外壳体135和内壳体136之间形成容置风机3、散热件5和调温件4的收容腔 133，还围合形成风道17。外壳体135包括外壳板137，进风口15和散热口14设置在外壳板137上，覆盖件60的厚度小于外壳板137的厚度。覆盖件60的厚度更小，因此第一通孔阵列601和第二通孔阵列602的深度也较小，有利于改善气流流通效果。
在图29所示的挂脖式结构中，外壳体135位于内壳体136背向穿戴空间10的一侧，因此，进风口15和散热口14位于主体部11背向穿戴空间10的一侧。
根据图33中展示的风机3和散热件5设置在内壳体136内，在内壳体136内设置有分隔件138，在风机3的出风侧分隔成出风风道174和散热风道175，分隔件138上设置有通风口139，风机3吹出的部分气流经过该通风口139进入散热风道175中与散热件5接触换热，最终从散热口14吹出。外壳体135和内壳体136上与进风口15相邻的侧面上开设有出风口16，风机3吹出的另外一部分气流经过出风风道174从出风口16吹出，可以实现吹风降温的效果。其中散热件5包括多个散热片55，相邻的散热片55之间形成散热间隙。如图33中所示的，多个散热片55沿从风机3至散热口14的方向(左右方向)延伸，散热口14的长度方向与多个散热片55的延伸方向垂直，即散热口14沿上下方向延伸，可以使得多个散热间隙独立散热。
在一个实施例中，继续参照图32，主体部11内还设置有显示模组80，主体部11上对应显示模组80位置开设有显示窗口18，覆盖件60具有透光区域603，覆盖件60覆盖显示窗口18，且透光区603对应显示窗口18设置。本实施例中，透光区域603指的是覆盖件60上用于透过显示模组80的区域，实际上覆盖件60可以是整体透光的板件或者可以是只有透光区603透光的板件。可以通过覆盖件60实现屏显功能。
在一些具体实施例中，参照图34，覆盖件60可以包括基体604和设置在基体604靠近主体部11一侧的薄膜层605。其中基体604例如为透明PC(聚碳酸酯)材质，薄膜层605可以是PMMA(聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯)涂层，并且可以通过丝印方式印在基体604上，可以实现透光但不透视的效果。当覆盖件60覆盖在主体部11上时，除了显示模组80对应的透光区域603之外的部分可以实现对主体部11上的螺丝孔127(参照图32)等位置进行遮盖，达到更美观的效果。透光区域603对应显示模组80设置，因此显示模组80不显示发光时，无法通过透光区域603看到被覆盖件60遮盖的显示模组80。当显示模组80显示发光时，光线可以穿过透光区域603，达到显示效果。
其中显示模组80可以是LCD显示屏，也可以是多个指示灯的组合。在一些实施例中显示模组80包括发光元件801和设置在发光元件801靠近覆盖件60一侧的导光结构802。导光结构802抵接覆盖件60的透光区603。发光元件801例如可以是相同或不同颜色的LED灯珠。导光结构802例如为透明PC材质，可以将灯珠发出的光线传导至覆盖件60。具体的导光结构802可以包括与多个灯珠一一对应的多个导光柱，使得各灯珠发出的光线互不干扰。在本实施例中，例如参照图33，内壳体136内例如还设置有控制电路板180，发光元件801固定在控制电路板180上且电连接控制电路板180，内壳体136上还设置有电连接控制电路板180的按键开关40。控制电路板180电连接风机3和调温件4，使用时通过按键开关40可以实现便携式调温装置的开关、功能选择调节等，控制风机3和调温件4。和当选择调节不同功能时控制电路板180控制不同的发光元件801发光，以实现显示效果。
在一些实施例中，便携式调温装置还设置有散光片90，散光片90覆盖显示窗口18且位于透光区603和主体部11之间，散光片90上具有图案标识。散光片90可以为PET(聚对苯二甲酸乙二醇酯)+散光粉材质。例如参照图35为散光片90的一种实施例图，图35中黑色区域为散光片90的材料部分，白色区域为散光片90的镂空部分。当显示模组80对应位置的发光元件801发光时，光线可以通过对应的镂空部分透出，达到显示的效果，没有被光照到的镂空部分基于覆盖件60的透光不透视原理不会显示，达到显示效果的同时保证美观。散光片90上的图案标识可以是文字也可以是图形，本实施例并不限制。
图36至图39示出了该便携式调温装置中的基部110的结构。如图36所示，该部分的便携式调温装置包括基部110和覆盖件60。根据图37所示的分解结构示意图，其中展示了主体部11靠近覆盖件60的一侧的内部结构和覆盖件60靠近主体部11一侧的结构。主体部11上设置有两个进风口15和两个散热口14，两个散热口14位于两个进风口15之间。继续参照图38所示的分解结构示意图，其中对应两个进风口15位置各设置有一个风机3，散热件5设置在两个风机3之间。参照图38所示的方位，散热件5包括两个散热间隙，每个散热间隙有多个散热片，两个散热间隙的入口相背设置。位于上方的散热间隙与右边的风机3的出风侧连通，位于下方的散热间隙与左边的风机3的出风侧连通。与此对应的覆盖件60上的第一通孔阵列601的数量也为两个，分别对应两个进风口15设置。第二通孔阵列602对应散热口14设置在两个第一通孔阵列601之间。需要说明的是，如图36和图37所示的覆盖件10的外侧面(背向主体部11的一侧)上设置有多个小孔，其中除第一通孔阵列601和第二阵列202之外的部分为盲孔。
参照图38中所示的，基部110的内壳体136内例如还设置有转接电路板181，基部110内的两个风机3和调温件4可以通过导线与转接电路板181电性连接。转接电路板181通过导线与控制电路板180电性连接，实现通过臂部13上的按键开关40可分别控制基部110和臂部13内的风机3和调温件4工作。
在一些实施例中，内壳体136和外壳体135均朝从外壳体135至内壳体136的方向弯曲，参照图40，例如以基部110的方位为例，内壳体136和外壳体135均朝下弯曲。内壳体136的端部设置有定位槽1361。结合图38和图40，定位槽1361设置在内壳体136的左右两端，每端两个，共四个定位槽1361。更具体地，参照图41中A区域的局部放大示意图。定位槽1361靠近内壳体136中部的一侧形成倾斜槽面1362，倾斜槽面1362沿从内壳体136的端部至中部的方向倾斜。参照图43，外壳体135靠近内壳体136的一侧设置有定位件1351，定位件1351与定位槽1361耦合，更具体地，定位件1351设置有与倾斜槽面1362配合的定位斜面1352。其中，内壳体136还设置有固定柱1363，定位件1351穿过定位槽1361后并与固定柱1363通过螺丝固定，从而可以固定内壳体136和外壳体135，形成图42中拼合后的结 构。按照图40所示的方位，当需要将外壳体135向下安装到内壳体136上时，由于弯曲弧度较大，设置倾斜槽面1362可以防止外壳体135和内壳体136拼合时相互干涉。具体地，结合图39中内壳体136一侧的分解结构示意图，内壳体136上例如还设置有连接件1364，连接件1364可以是尼龙件，用于实现基部110和臂部13之间的连接。定位槽1361具体的可设置在连接件1364上。同样的臂部13的内壳体136上也可以设置连接件1364。更进一步的，基部110和臂部13之间例如还设置有柔性连接件1021，柔性连接件1021可以为硅胶材质，套设在基部110的连接件1364和臂部13的连接件1364上，可以实现臂部13和基部110的连接，并可实现基部110和臂部13之间的角度调节，以方便佩戴。
如前述对臂部13为主体部11的说明，在基部110为主体部11时，也可以设置安装凹槽134、显示模组80等结构，本实施例并不限制。
请同时参考图44至图48所示，本申请第七实施例提供一种便携式调温装置，可用于佩戴在人体上，例如人体颈部以对人体进行调温，例如吹风、制冷纳凉或制热取暖。其与上述第六实施例相比：本实施例的便携式调温装置包括主体部11、设于主体部11内的调温组件以及设于主体部11上的变色体，变色体受到太阳光照射后会根据太阳光中紫外线强度的不同而发生不同颜色的变化，以用于通过颜色变化来检测并识别太阳光中紫外线的强度，利用变色体的变色效应来识别太阳光中紫外线的强度，从而方便用户判断是否需要采取防护措施。而且，便携式调温装置在太阳光照射环境中变色体可以发生颜色变化，还能够带来酷炫效果，增加时尚性、趣味性及科技感，提升用户体验度。
其中，变色体的颜色变化方式可以有多种，例如，当紫外线越强时，变色体的颜色变的越深，即变化成深浅不同的不同颜色，例如从浅橙色变成深橙色；或者当紫外线越强时，变色体发生不同颜色的变化，例如从灰色变成红色等；或者当紫外线达到一定强度时，例如当紫外线强度达到75mW/㎡时，变色体才会发生颜色的变化，例如从黑色变成红色等。
在所示的实施例中，变色体实施为设于主体部11表面的紫外线变色层100，紫外线变色层100受到太阳光照射后可以根据紫外线的强弱发生颜色变化。优选地，紫外线变色层100设于主体部11的顶面上，例如紫外线变色层100设计成适配于主体部11的形状以覆盖整个顶面，主体部11的顶面例如为起伏的凹凸结构，紫外线变色层100设计成适配的凹凸结构，以完美贴合。其中，紫外线变色层100可以为涂附于主体部11表面的紫外线变色油墨，例如通过丝印的方式涂附于主体部11表面上。紫外线变色层100也可以是由紫外线感光材料制成的硬质或软质盖件，紫外线变色层100可以通过粘贴、卡扣等方式可拆卸固定于主体部11的顶面，当紫外线变色层100失效或损坏后，以便于用户更换。此外，由于主体部11的顶面为易于被用户观看的一面，因此，紫外线变色层100设于顶面，当紫外线变色层100变色时，用户能够及时发现，从而方便用户判断是否需要采取防护措施。
在一些实施例中，主体部11例如为塑胶材质，变色体可以实施为紫外线变色粉，即当紫外线变色粉受到太阳光照射时，根据太阳光中紫外线的强度，紫外线变色粉会发生不同颜色的变化。制备主体部11时，主体部11的塑胶原材料和紫外线变色粉混合通过注塑的方式制成塑胶件(可变色的主体部11)，也即将变色体与主体部11合为一体，将变色体分散在壳体材料中，制备成变色壳，当紫外线强度变化时，整个主体部11发生对应的颜色变化。应当指出的是，在其它实施例中，也可以将紫外线变色粉与主体部11的至少一个部分通过上述混合注塑的方式制备成主体部11的局部部分可变色，当紫外线强度变化时，主体部11的局部部分发生对应的颜色变化。
为了便于用户能够快速、准确地识别出变色体的颜色所对应的紫外线强度，在所示的实施例中，在主体部11上设置比色体，比色体可用于与变色体进行颜色比对，根据比对结果，用户能够快速判断出是否需要采取防护措施。在一些实施例中，比色体可以仅设置一种固定颜色，如果变色体变化成了这种颜色，表示紫外线强度超过预设标准，需要采取防护措施；如果变色体没有颜色变化，表示紫外线强度没有超过预设标准，不需要采取防护措施。
本实施例中，比色体包括具有不同固定颜色的若干比色区102，也即比色体设置多种固定颜色，每一比色区102的颜色都不同于其它比色区102的颜色，每种颜色对应一种紫外线强度。将变色体的颜色与比色区102的颜色进行比对，能够获知当前紫外线的强度，进而判断是否需要采取防护措施。若干比色区102可以依次邻接排布，例如沿主体部11的宽度方向、厚度方向或长度方向依次邻接排布，在所示的实施例中，若干比色区102设置三个，三个比色区沿主体部11的宽度方向依次邻接排布。
可选地，比色体可以设置在主体部11上，例如设置在主体部11的外表面上；也可以设置在主体部11的紫外线变色层100上，更便于用户对比查看。
在一些实施例中，变色体还可以包括具有不同紫外线感知强度的若干变色区，用户可以根据各变色区的变色情况来判断紫外线强度，从而判断是否需要采取防护措施。例如，变色区设置三个，分别为第一变色区、第二变色区和第三变色区，三个变色区分别对应不同的紫外线强度。当只有第一变色区变色时，表明此时的紫外线强度较弱，对人体并无太大的影响；当仅有第一变色区和第二变色区变色时，表明此时的紫外线强度中等，需要采取一定的防护措施；当三个变色区都变色时，表明此时的紫外线强度较强，应采取较好的防护措施，或者避免留在户外。
在所示的实施例中，主体部11包括壳体120和覆盖件60，其中，实现吹风、接触制冷等调温功能的调温组件主要设置在壳体120上，例如壳体120设置有进风口15、出风口16和散热口14，以及连通进风口15和散热口14的风道。主体部11围成有穿戴空间10，出风口16例如设置在主体部11的顶壁上，变色体可以设于主体部11的顶壁上或设于主体部11远离穿戴空间10的侧壁上。
变色体可以上述多种设计方式设于壳体120和/或覆盖件60。本实施例中，变色体实施为紫外线变色层100，并设于壳体120的顶壁上，比色体设于感光层14的外表面端部位置，以便于用户查看、比色。紫外线变色层100上对应壳体120的出风口16设有出风孔104，以避免影响出风。
在一些实施例中，变色体设于覆盖件60上，例如设置在对应基部110的覆盖件60上，或者设置在对应臂部13的覆盖件60上。变色体可以设置成文字或图形样式，以显示产品信息，例如显示产品的品牌名称、产品名称等。具体地，可以设置成当没有太阳光照射或者太阳光中紫外线的强度较低时，产品信息不显示；当太阳光中紫外线的强度足够时，产品信息变成橙色显示出来。优选地，变色体通过丝印的方式设置于对应基部110的覆盖件60向底侧凸起的部位的外表面上，以便于向外展示。
参见图49至图54，本申请第八实施例提供的一种便携式调温装置，其与第六实施例相比，进一步地，在本实施例中，便携式调温装置例如包括：第一壳体153、第一内座154和第一风机200。
在本实施例中，便携式调温装置可以是手持风扇、挂脖式风扇、头戴式风扇或者腰戴式风扇等。为了方便说明，以下实施例均以便携式调温装置为挂脖式风扇为例进行阐述。
具体地，便携式调温装置还包括：连接结构400和第二壳体155，其中，第一壳体153的数量为两个，两个第一壳体153分别连接在第二壳体155的两端上，且均通过连接结构400连接，即第二壳体155的两端上均设置有连接结构400，并通过连接结构400与第一壳体153连接，第一壳体153和第二壳体155适合佩戴在人体的颈部。
其中，第一壳体153设有第一进风口151和第一出风口161，第一进风口151例如设置于第一壳体153远离人体颈部的侧壁上，第一出风口161例如设置于第一壳体153的顶壁上，第一内座154安装于第一壳体153的内部，第一内座154设有容置腔1541，第一进风口151与容置腔1541连通，第一内座154设有导风通道1542，容置腔1541通过导风通道1542与第一出风口161连通，第一风机200设置于容置腔1541内，这里导风通道1542可以是凹槽结构或者管道结构，具体地，本实施例的导风通道1542为凹槽结构，第一内座154设置于第一壳体153的内部，由于第一内座154形成有相互连通的容置腔1541和导风通道1542，第一风机200设置在容置腔1541内从而与第一内座154共同形成出风模组，使得第一风机200产生的风能够快速地经导风通道1542后从第一出风口161吹出，出风顺畅，从而解决现有技术中由于容置壳和驱风风扇隔开设置产生缝隙而容易产生噪音的问题；且第一风机200安装在第一内座154形成独立的出风模组，相对于现有技术，生产制造时，无需再调配第一风机200与第一壳体153之间的尺寸配合关系，这种模块化设计，使得产品生产制造更简便。
在本实施例的一个较佳实施例中，第一内座154包括相互连接的第一部分和第二部分，第一部分形成容置腔1541，第二部分包括第一导风部1543和第二导风部1544，第一导风部1543连接于第二导风部1544的一侧，第一导风部1543和第二导风部1544均为板状结构并且两者呈角度设置，从而共同形成凹槽结构的导风通道1542。
在其他实施例中，第一导风部1543和第二导风部1544也可以均为具有侧向开口的框型结构并且两者相互扣合连接，从而共同形成管道结构的导风通道1542，并且该第一内座154还需要在对应第一出风口161的位置设置有通风口，该通风口例如可以设置在第一导风部1543和第二导风部1544的连接处，从而使得进入导风通道1542的风能够经由通风口而从第一出风口161吹出。
在本实施例的一个较佳实施例中，第一部分包括相互连接的侧壁1545和底壁1546，侧壁1545围设于底壁1546的周围并形成容置腔1541，底壁1546上设有安装柱1547，安装柱1547位于容置腔1541内，第一风机200例如为离心式风机，侧壁1545对应设置有蜗舌部1548，蜗舌部1548邻近第一壳体153的顶壁设置，第一风机200的电机(未图示)固定于安装柱1547上，第一风机200的扇叶在电机(未图示)驱动下而发生转动从而产生风。通过将第一风机200的电机固定于安装柱1547上，使得第一风机200和第一内座154可以构成一个模块，当第一风机200经过长时间工作被损坏后，可以将第一内座154和第一风机200构成的模块从第一壳体153上快速拆卸下来进行更换，解决了现有技术中由于风扇安装固定于壳体的安装柱上而导致风扇不容易进行拆卸更换的问题。
进一步地，侧壁1545上开设有相对设置的第一避让缺口1549和第二避让缺口1540，导风通道1542与容置腔1541的连通处位于第一避让缺口1549和第二避让缺口1540之间，具体地，第一避让缺口1549邻近第一壳体153的顶壁设置，第二避让缺口1540邻近第一壳体153的底壁设置，相较于未在侧壁1545上开设有第一避让缺口1549和第二避让缺口1540的第一内座，且第一风机200的扇叶的直径保持不变的情况下，通过在侧壁1545上设置第一避让缺口1549和第二避让缺口1540，使得第一壳体153的顶壁和底壁之间的厚度可以变的更薄，同时第一壳体153的顶壁和底壁也不会与第一风机200的扇叶发生干涉，以使得第一风机200在第一壳体153内部的安装的更为紧凑。
在本实施例的一个较佳实施例中，第一出风口161包括第一子出风口1611和第二子出风口1612，导风通道1542包括第一子通道15421和第二子通道15422，第一子通道15421和第二子通道15422分别位于第一导风部1543的相对两侧，第一子出风口1611通过第一子通道15421与容置腔1541连通，第二子出风口1612通过第二子通道15422与容置腔1541连通，通过在第一壳体153的一侧上开设有并排设置的第一子出风口1611和第二子出风口1612，以扩大便携式调温装置的出风范围，用户体验更好，同时，第一子出风口1611由第一子通道15421单独与容置腔1541连通，第二子出风口1612由第二子通道15422单独与容置腔1541连通，确保通过第一子通道15421和第二子通道15422的风互不干扰。
进一步地，第一导风部1543包括靠近第一风机200的一端的两个子导风部15431以及分别与两个子导风部15431连接的两个延展部15432，两个子导风部15431靠近第一风机200的一端相互连接，形成V型导风端，有利于将第一风机200产生的气流切割成分别流向第一子通道15421和第二子通道15422的两部分，减小风阻。该V型导风端还与蜗舌部1548远离第一风机200的一侧连接，从而使得风可以更顺利地进入到第一子通道15421和第二子通道15422内。两个子导风部15431之间的距离在第一壳体153的宽度方向上的尺寸从靠近第一风机200的一端向远离第一风机200 的方向上逐渐增加，也即沿气流流动的方向逐渐增加，两个延展部15432沿第一壳体153的长度方向延伸相互间隔且相互平行。
进一步地，第一内座154还包括第一导风片162、第一阻挡部163、第二导风片164和第二阻挡部165，第一阻挡部163的一侧与其中一个延展部15432的一侧连接，第一阻挡部163沿第一壳体153的厚度方向倾斜延伸，第一阻挡部163远离第一风机200的一端相对于第一阻挡部163靠近第一风机200的另一端更靠近第一壳体153的顶壁设置，第一阻挡部163靠近第一风机200的另一端与第二导风部1544远离第一风机200的一端连接，第一风机200产生的风吹进第一子通道15421内后，风被第一阻挡部163阻隔并引导而从第一子出风口1611吹出，使得风不能穿过第一阻挡部163而吹向更远离第一风机200的地方，第一导风片162可以为两个，两个第一导风片162间隔设置于第一子通道15421内并位于容置腔1541和第一阻挡部163之间，第一导风片162的一侧与其中一个子导风部15431的一侧连接，第一导风片162沿第一壳体153的厚度方向倾斜延伸，第一导风片162远离第一风机200的一端相对于第一导风片162靠近第一风机200的另一端更靠近第一壳体153的顶壁设置，第一导风片162靠近第一风机200的另一端与第二导风部1544之间存在通风间隙，通过在第一子通道15421内设置第一导风片162，使得风可以从第一子出风口1611均匀的吹出。
第二阻挡部165的一侧与另一个子导风部15431的一侧连接，第二阻挡部165沿第一壳体153的厚度方向倾斜延伸，第二阻挡部165远离第一风机200的一端相对于第二阻挡部165靠近第一风机200的另一端更靠近第一壳体153的顶壁设置，第二阻挡部165靠近第一风机200的另一端与第二导风部1544远离第一风机200的一端连接，第一风机200产生的风吹进第二子通道15422内后，风被第二阻挡部165阻隔并引导而从第二子出风口1612吹出，使得风不能穿过第二阻挡部165而吹向更远离第一风机200的地方，第二导风片164例如可以为一个，第二导风片164设置于第一子通道15421内并位于容置腔1541和第二阻挡部165之间，第二导风片164的一侧与另一个子导风部15431的一侧连接，第二导风片164沿第一壳体153的厚度方向倾斜延伸，第二导风片164远离第一风机200的一端相对于第二导风片164靠近第一风机200的另一端更靠近第一壳体153的顶壁设置，第二导风片164靠近第一风机200的另一端与第二导风部1544之间存在通风间隙，通过在第二子通道15422内设置第二导风片164，使得风可以从第二子出风口1612均匀的吹出。其中，由于进入第一子通道15421的风量大于进入第二子通道15422内的风量，所以第一子通道15421的长度可以设置得比第二子通道15422的长度要长，从而使得风可以从第一子出风口1611吹出的范围更广。
在本实施例的一个较佳实施例中，第二导风部1544远离第一导风部1543的一侧与第一壳体153共同形成散热腔166，第一内座154设有连通散热腔166和容置腔1541的通风口139，通风口139可以设置于第一部分、或者第二部分、或者第一部分与第二部分的连接处，第一壳体153上还设有与散热腔166连通的散热口14，散热口14设于第一壳体153远离人体颈部的侧壁上，具体地，便携式调温装置中的电池510、电路板180、散热件5等发热器件都可以收容于散热腔166内，第一风机200产生的风，有部分风通过通风口139吹向散热腔166内，风将发热器件所散发出的热量从散热口14吹出，以使得发热器件得到散热，避免发热器件温度过高容易损坏自身或者影响便携式调温装置的调温性能等问题发生。其中，第一壳体153远离人体颈部的侧壁上还可以进一步连接有覆盖件60，覆盖件60对应第一进风口151的位置开设有第一通孔阵列601，覆盖件60对应散热口14的位置开设有第二通孔阵列602，覆盖件60的第一通孔阵列601避免毛发或者衣服卷入第一风机200内，同时覆盖件60的第二通孔阵列602还可以避免人体误触发热器件烫伤。
在本实施例的一个较佳实施例中，便携式调温装置还包括散热件5、调温件4和导温件2，散热件5设于散热腔166内，导温件2与第一壳体153固定连接，且导温件2显露于第一壳体153外，导温件2例如设置于第一壳体153靠近人体颈部的侧壁上，散热件5和导温件2分别与调温件4热传导连接，调温件4具体为半导体制冷片，导温件2为铝合金导温件，调温件4工作时可以将冷量传递于导温件2，导温件2在传递给人体，供人体降温，同时，调温件4产生的热量传递给散热件5，散热件5将热量散发于散热腔166内，第一风机200产生的风，并将部分风吹向散热腔166以携带散热件5散发的热量从散热口14吹出。当然，调温件4还可以是可以将热量传递给导温件2，导温件2再将热量传递给人体取暖。
进一步地，第一内座154还包括安装部167和阻隔部168，安装部167与第二导风部1544远离第一部分的一端连接，且安装部167和第一导风部1543位于第二导风部1544的相对两侧，阻隔部168分别与安装部167和第二导风部1544连接，阻隔部168、安装部167、第二导风部1544和第一壳体153共同形成用于收纳电源的隔热腔169，阻隔部168位于隔热腔169和散热腔166之间，电源为电池510，用于对耗电单元进行供电，譬如向第一风机200和调温件4等供电。因第一壳体153的内部的空间有限，为防止散热腔166的热量传递于电源，利用阻隔部168将电源与散热腔166分离，以确保电源不受散热腔166内的热量影响。
在本实施例的一个较佳实施例中，散热件5包括基板56、延伸部57和散热片55，散热片55连接于基板56的一侧并位于散热腔166内，延伸部57连接于基板56的一端并位于导温件2和第二部分之间，延伸部57和基板56都与调温件4热传导连接，具体地，散热片55为多个，多个热鳍片间隔排布于基板56的一侧，通过在基板56的一端连接有延伸部57，且延伸部57和基板56都与调温件4连接，使得调温件4的尺寸可以做得更大以增加其调温效果，并且通过延伸部57和基板56的设置以增加散热件5与调温件4的热传导面积，从而提升散热件5对调温件4的散热能力。
进一步地，第一内座154还设置有避让口176，避让口176位于第二子通道15422靠近第一风机200的正下方，并且避让口176与散热腔166连通，延伸部57设置于避让口176内，以防止散热件5与第一内座154发生干涉，并且散热片55整体安置于散热腔166内，使得散热件5和第一内座154可以紧凑的安装在第一壳体153内部。
在本实施例的一个较佳实施例中，导温件2设有珠光漆层，或者，导温件2混合有珠光粉。其中珠光漆层主要要由珠光漆形成，珠光漆(Pearl Finish)又叫云母漆，是一种反光面漆，用云母代替铝粒，在漆基中加有涂有二氧化钛和氧化铁的云母颜料，光线射到云母颗粒上后会发生折射，从而使得导温件2呈现出更加炫酷的视觉效果。珠光粉可以采用珠光白(即白色珠光粉)，光线射到珠光粉上后会发生折射，同样可以使得导温件2呈现出更加炫酷的视觉效果。
在本实施例的一个较佳实施例中，导温件2的表面设有感温层，感温层可以为感温油墨，感温层可以根据导温件2的温度变化而呈现出不同的颜色，从而方便用户识别导温件2的温度情况以及使导温件2呈现出更加炫酷的视觉效果，例如当导温件2的温度不超过31℃时，感温层呈现为蓝色，当导温件2的温度超过31℃时，感温层呈现为橙色。当然，感温层也可以根据用户需要而设置为呈现其他的颜色变化。
图55和图56所示，本申请第九实施例提供了一种小型离心叶轮30，例如可以应用于如前述第一实施例至第八实施例中任一实施例的便携式调温装置。具体地，小型离心叶轮30例如包括：轮毂31和多个扇叶32。此处值得说明的是，小型离心叶轮30是指轴向进风、径向出风，利用离心力做功，使空气提高压力的小型风轮。
具体地，轮毂31例如用于给多个扇叶32提供支撑，且轮毂31例如用于容置风扇组件的转子和定子。如图57所示，轮毂31例如包括第一端面311、第二端面312和外侧面313。第一端面311和第二端面312相对设置，外侧面313连接在第一端面311和第二端面312之间。
承上述，多个扇叶32连接在外侧面313，多个扇叶32环绕轮毂31设置，更具体地，多个扇叶32沿外侧面313的周向依次间隔排布。多个扇叶32在沿从第一端面311朝向第二端面312的第一方向上延伸超出第二端面312以围成有进风空间SP1，即进风空间SP1位于第二端面312远离第一端面311的一侧。
如此一来，本申请实施例通过将多个扇叶32连接在轮毂31的外侧面313上，通过多个扇叶32和进风空间SP1的设置确保小型离心叶轮30的进出风效果，以及轮毂31的设置确保小型离心叶轮30仍然能够安装小型离心风机的小型电机，而通过省去了现有技术中的隔板结构，减轻了小型离心叶轮30的重量，从而减小了小型电机的扭矩，进而减轻了小型电机的发热或者使小型电机保持稳定转速，从而保证小型离心风机的使用寿命以及出风的稳定性。
此外，如图57所示，多个扇叶32邻近第二端面312的一端的轮廓尺寸D2大于多个扇叶32邻近第一端面311的一端的轮廓尺寸D1，如此设置，可以使得多个扇叶32邻近第二端面312的一端有足够的空间来设置更大的进风空间SP1。进一步地，在沿第一方向上，多个扇叶32的轮廓尺寸逐渐增大，这样一来，可以在多个扇叶32的外周形成拔模斜度，有利于小型离心叶轮30的脱模。
再者，如图57所示，每个扇叶32例如包括：叶片部321和连接部322。其中，叶片部321在沿第一方向上延伸超出第二端面312以围成有进风空间SP1。连接部322连接在叶片部321和外侧面313之间，且连接部322连接在外侧面313上邻近第一端面311的一端。其中，在沿第一方向上，连接部322的尺寸W1小于叶片部321的尺寸W2，使得叶片部321与外侧面313之间形成有进风间隙SP4，进风间隙SP4连通进风空间SP1，如此一来，可以使得有更多的气流能进入到叶片部321的内部，增大进风气流，有利于提升小型离心叶轮30的吹风效果。如图56所示，相邻的两个扇叶32的连接部322之间形成有通风间隙SP5，通风间隙SP5连通进风间隙SP4，如此一来，使得多个连接部322也可以对气流做功，有利于提升小型离心叶轮30的吹风效果。
在本申请的其它实施例中，如图56所示，小型离心叶轮30还包括加强筋33，加强筋33连接在多个叶片部321，这样可以提升多个叶片部321的整体刚性和强度。
承上述，如图56和图57所示，加强筋33例如包括第一加强筋331，第一加强筋331连接在多个叶片部321邻近第二端面312的一端。进一步地，加强筋33还例如包括第二加强筋332，第二加强筋332连接在多个叶片部321邻近第一端面311的一端，第一加强筋331在垂直于第一方向的投影平面上的第一投影区域T331，与第二加强筋332在投影平面上的第二投影区域T332错位设置，即第一投影区域T331与第二投影区域T332不重合，如此一来，有利于提升第一加强筋331和第二加强筋332的成型便利性。
再者，如图57所示，多个扇叶32在沿与第一方向相反的方向上延伸超出第一端面311以围成有避让空间SP2，即避让空间SP2位于第一端面311远离第二端面312的一侧，避让空间SP2用于容纳风扇组件的电路板，不仅可以有效防止电路板与小型离心叶轮30接触或者刮蹭，避免产品损坏，而且还可以降低小型离心风机的整体高度。
此外，轮毂31上开设有容置腔SP3，容置腔SP3的开口设于第一端面311上，容置腔SP3用于安装小型离心风机的小型电机。进一步地，如图57所示，第一端面311的中间位置设置有转轴安装部34，转轴安装部34在沿第一方向上延伸进入进风空间SP1，使得转轴安装部34具有足够的高度安装转轴并且减少占用容置腔SP3的空间以方便容置腔SP3安装小型离心风机的小型电机。转轴安装部34设置有转轴过孔341，转轴过孔341用于安装转轴，以减少转子和定子之间的径向晃动。
如图59和图60所示，本申请第十实施例提供了一种便携式调温装置。便携式调温装置例如为挂脖风扇，也可以为手持式便携风扇或其它风扇。具体地，便携式调温装置例如包括：主体部11和小型离心叶轮30。其中，主体部11内部设置有蜗壳19。小型离心叶轮30安装在蜗壳19内。小型离心叶轮30例如为前述第九实施例提供的小型离心叶轮。
典型地，便携式调温装置还包括小型电机，小型电机例如为步进电机，用于驱动小型离心叶轮30转动。小型电机例如包括转子和定子。定子固定在主体部11的内壁上，转子套设在定子外部、且可相对于定子转动。转子连接小型离心叶轮30的轮毂31。
进一步地，如图60所示，便携式调温装置例如为挂脖风扇。因此，主体部11弯曲形成穿戴空间10，主体部11远离穿戴空间10的一侧设置有进风口15，进风口15连通蜗壳19、且对应小型离心叶轮30的进风空间SP1。小型离心叶轮30旋转时，进风空间SP1可以形成为低阻高负压空间，使得由进风口15进入的气流会被吸入进风空间SP1内。本实施例中，小型离心叶轮30仅单侧进风，即由进风口15进入的气流仅从与第一方向相反的方向进入进风空间SP1内，使得对应的主体部11上可只设置单侧的进风口15。具体地，通过只在主体部11远离穿戴空间10的一侧设置进风口15，可以减少使用者的头发被吸入到进风口15和蜗壳19的可能性，降低了头发缠绕小型离心叶轮30的可能性，提升了产品的安全性。进一步地，如图61所示，进风口15的数量可以为多个，多个进风口15均设置在主体部11远离穿戴空间10的一侧，也即主体部11邻近穿戴空间10的一侧不设置进风口15。
在本申请的一个实施例中，如图62所示，每个扇叶32的叶片部321具有外边缘323和内边缘324。在一些实施例中，各个叶片部321自内边缘324延伸至外边缘323的弯曲方向顺沿小型离心叶轮30的旋转方向；相应地，小型离心叶轮30为前倾式离心叶轮，而对于前倾式离心叶轮，其在低转速下，叶片出风风压大，可选用较小功率的小型电机，有利于离心叶轮的小型化设计。另外，结合图63中蜗壳19与小型离心叶轮30的组装后结构可知，从蜗舌开始，顺沿小型离心叶轮30的旋转方向(例如顺时针方向)，蜗壳19的内侧壁到小型离心叶轮30的具有直径D的外圆的距离逐渐增大，例如从L1逐渐增大到L2，当小型离心叶轮30为前倾式离心叶轮时，由于各个叶片部321的弯曲方向顺沿小型离心叶轮30的旋转方向，进入小型离心叶轮30内部的气流在各个叶片部321的作用下顺着小型离心叶轮30与蜗壳19内侧壁之间距离逐渐增大的空间在小型离心叶轮30的旋转方向不断得到增强，藉此可以进一步地提升小型离心叶轮30的出风风压，从而提升小型离心叶轮30的出风效果。
在一些实施例中，参见图61、图62及图63，主体部11内形成有蜗壳19，小型离心叶轮30位于蜗壳19内，各个叶片部321的外边缘323共同围成的外圆(具有直径D)与蜗壳19的蜗舌之间的距离L1相对于外圆的直径D之比为L1/D，其中L1小，风量大但噪声较大(气流冲击明显)；反之L1大，噪声变小，但会有循环回流，风量也变小；因此L1/D的取值范围优选为0.05～0.1，也即距离L1的取值范围为0.05D～0.1D。另一方面，蜗壳19的出口尺寸L3相对于外圆的直径D之比为L3/D，此处的出口尺寸L3为蜗壳19出口处与蜗舌相对的侧壁到蜗舌的距离；其中L3小了，出风面积小，反之L3大了又会使蜗壳型线变短增压累积不够；因此L3/D的取值范围优选为0.8～1.2，也即距离L3的取值范围为0.8D～1.2D。
在一些实施例中，参见图64，进风口15例如为网状结构，其在垂直于所述第一方向的投影平面上的投影区域的外缘直径D1大于小型离心叶轮30的内圆的直径d且小于外圆的直径D；换而言之，进风口15在垂直于所述第一方向的投影平面上的投影区域的外缘位于各个叶片部321的内边缘324和外边缘323之间。如此一来，可以有效增大小型离心叶轮30的进风面积。具体来说，小型离心叶轮30的进风口15的常规设计尺寸是D1≤d的，但小型离心叶轮30的尺寸较小，若要保证进风量，则需要开大进风口15；但又不能将进风口15开得过大至D1≥D，这样会导致泄压，使得小型离心叶轮30的出风风压不强。
参见图65至图70，本申请第十一实施例提供的一种小型离心叶轮30，例如可以应用于如前述第一实施例至第八实施例中任一实施例的便携式调温装置。具体地，小型离心叶轮30包括：轮毂31和环绕于轮毂31的外围设置的多个扇叶32。举例来说，小型离心叶轮30设置有环绕并连接至轮毂31的连接盘35，多个扇叶32沿连接盘35周向方向间隔设置于连接盘35上，藉此实现多个扇叶32环绕并固定连接至轮毂31。在其他实施例中，也可以将多个扇叶32直接连接固定至轮毂31的周侧。此处值得说明的是，本实施例的小型离心叶轮30典型地是指轴向进风、径向出风，利用离心力做功，使空气提高压力的小型风轮。
如图67所示，多个扇叶32的内边缘324共同围成的内圆的直径为d，多个扇叶32的外边缘323共同围成的外圆的直径为D。此处将内圆的直径d相对于外圆的直径D之比d/D称之为轮径比(也即内外圆直径比)。本申请的申请人通过对外圆的直径D小于50mm的小型离心叶轮反复优化设计并打样验证后，发现通过控制小型离心叶轮30的轮径比d/D的取值范围为0.5～0.85、并控制各个扇叶32的弦长L的取值范围为3.75mm～10.75mm，可以确保各个扇叶32的有效工作面积尺寸，提升小型离心叶轮工作时的出风风压，进而能够有效解决小型离心风机出风效果不佳的问题。此处的弦长L定义为扇叶32的内边缘324与外边缘323之间的直线距离(也即内外缘直线距离)。在一些实施例中，各个扇叶32具有相同的弦长L。再者，小型离心叶轮30的外圆的直径D的取值范围例如为28mm～47mm。更具体地，虽然减小轮径比d/D可以使得各个扇叶32具有更大的有效工作面积尺寸，但是若轮径比d/D设计得过小，例如小于0.5，其会导致各个扇叶32的内边缘324的内侧空间过小，一方面使得小型离心叶轮的进风空间过小而致使进风量不足，从而影响出风效果，另一方面甚至会使得轮毂的放置空间不够，导致轮毂的结构设计变得复杂，因此本申请实施例将轮径比的下限值设为0.5且将弦长的上限值设为10.75mm；反之，虽然增大轮径比d/D可以使得各个扇叶32的内边缘324的内侧空间增大，进而可以增加小型离心叶轮的进风空间以获得更大的进风量，但是若轮径比d/D设计得过大，例如大于0.85，其会使得各个扇叶的弦长过短，例如小于3.75mm，致使各个扇叶的有效工作面积尺寸过小，从而导致小型离心叶轮的出风风压不足，进而影响出风效果，因此本申请实施例将轮径比的上限值设为0.85且将弦长的下限值设为3.75mm。
在一些实施例中，小型离心叶轮30的轮径比d/D的取值范围为0.6～0.8，从而可以进一步确保各个扇叶32的有效工作面积尺寸，藉此提升小型离心叶轮30的出风风压来加强小型离心叶轮30的出风效果。在一个优选的实施例中，小型离心叶轮30的轮径比d/D为0.7。
在一些实施例中，如图70所示，各个扇叶32在轮毂31轴向方向具有相同的高度h，而高度h相对于外圆的直径D之比h/D的取值范围例如为0.2～0.5，也即高度h的取值范围为0.2D～0.5D；此取值范围有利于小型离心叶轮30的薄型化设计，以便于其应用于便携式电子设备。进一步地，高度h相对于外圆的直径D之比h/D的取值范围为0.25～0.4，也即高度h的取值范围为0.25D～0.4D，优选为0.3D。
在一些实施例中，如图65、图66和图68所示，小型离心叶轮30还进一步包括加强筋33，且加强筋33设置在多个扇叶32的邻近小型离心叶轮30的进风侧的一端(或称之为扇叶前端)；加强筋33的最外缘333在轮毂31的径向方向上与多个扇叶32的外边缘323平齐或者凸出多个扇叶32的外边缘323，从而使得加强筋33既可以将各个扇叶32的扇叶前端连接在一起以避免各个扇叶32变形，又可以使得加强筋33尽量不遮盖各个扇叶32的扇叶前端面而使得各个扇叶32的正上方也可以作为进风区域以增大整个小型离心叶轮30的进风面积。在一个优选的实施例中，如图66所示，加强筋33的内表面固定连接至多个扇叶32的外边缘323，且加强筋33的最外缘333在轮毂31的径向方向上位于外边缘323的外侧，也即加强筋33在轮毂31的径向方向上相对于外边缘323向外延伸非零距离，从而各个扇叶32的扇叶前端面完全不被加强筋33遮盖。另外，在一个实施例中，结合图70可知，加强筋33的顶面(也即邻近离心风机10的进风侧的表面)与各个扇叶32的扇叶前端面平齐。
在一些实施例中，如图65和图67所示，设置于连接盘35同一侧上的多个扇叶32的数量为大于等于25个且小于等于35个，优选为30或32个。如此设计，可以合理控制小型离心叶轮的风阻以及出风风压。其中，若扇叶32的数量多了，小型离心叶轮不仅重量大，而且风阻大；若扇叶32的数量少了，虽然风阻小了，但小型离心叶轮的整体有效做功面积小，出风风压不足。
在一些实施例中，如图65至图67所示，各个扇叶32自内边缘324延伸至外边缘323的弯曲方向顺沿小型离心叶轮30的旋转方向；相应地，小型离心叶轮30为前倾式离心叶轮，而对于前倾式离心叶轮，其在低转速下，扇叶出风风压大，可选用较小功率的电机，有利于离心叶轮的小型化设计。
在一些实施例中，如图68所示，轮毂31的邻近小型离心叶轮30的进风侧的一侧(或称为轮毂前侧)设置有锥形结构，此处的锥形结构可以作为导流结构，以避免气流在小型离心叶轮30的进风口处形成漩涡，从而能使气流更均匀地进入小型离心叶轮30内部，减少进风口处的噪声。
此外，在一个实施例中，小型离心叶轮30为一体成型结构，其采用的材料可以是塑料；但本申请实施例并不以此为限。
综上所述，本实施例的小型离心叶轮通过合理控制轮径比d/D的取值范围、并控制各个扇叶的弦长L的取值范围，定义小型离心叶轮参数为轮径比大于等于0.5且小于等于0.85、且扇叶弦长大于等于3.75毫米且小于等于10.75毫米，从而可以确保各个扇叶的有效工作面积尺寸，藉此确保小型离心叶轮的出风风压，进而使得小型离心风机具有优质的出风效果。
参见图71，本申请第十二实施例提供的一种离心风机3，其包括电机36和小型离心叶轮30，电机36机械耦合小型离心叶轮30。本实施例中离心风机3的小型离心叶轮30的具体结构可以参考前述第十一实施例如图65至图70所示的相关结构，故在此不再赘述。
承上述，电机36可以采用单相双线电机或者采用三相三线电机，且优选为采用三相三线电机。三相三线电机与单相双线电机相比，功率小、噪音低、节能。再者，电机36的磁环361(也即转子)适于容置于小型离心叶轮30的轮毂31(参见图66)内，其可以是橡胶磁环或是钕铁硼磁环，且优选为钕铁硼磁环。磁环采用钕铁硼磁环，与橡胶磁环相比，同样的磁通量厚度会比较薄，可以提供更大的空间给电机，从而可以将电机设为三相三线电机以降低功率。举例来说，橡胶磁环的厚度通常大于1mm，而钕铁硼磁环的厚度可以小于0.8mm。更具体地，单相双线电机一般是指用单相交流电源供电的小功率单相异步电机，这种电机通常在定子上有两相绕组，两相绕组在定子上的分布以及供电情况的不同，可以产生不同的起动特性和运行特性。三相三线电机是定子上具有对称的三相绕组，转子则是由与定子绕组有相同极数的固定极性磁极组成，该固定极性磁极是由接入磁极励磁绕组中的直流电流所产生的，当电机定子上的对称三相绕组接上对称三相电源，并流过对称三相电流后，就会在电机的气隙中产生一个与转子同极数的旋转磁场，旋转磁场的磁极将根据异性相吸的原则吸引转子磁极以相同的同步转速旋转。
另外，本申请实施例还提供一种便携式电子设备，其例如包括壳体和容置在壳体内的离心风机。此处的离心风机可以采用图71所述的离心风机3，故其具体结构在此不再赘述。对于便携式电子设备，其壳体的内部容置空间大小一般比较有限，为实现其吹风、散热等功能，采用具有小型离心叶轮的离心风机是必然趋势。
如图72所示，本申请第十三实施例提供一种风扇调速电路，例如可用于如前述第一实施例至第八实施例中任一实施例的便携式调温装置内实现风扇调速功能。该风扇调速电路包括电源模块500、脉宽调制模块600和风扇电机36。其中电源模块500包括第一输出端，电源模块500用于通过第一输出端输出一定值电压。脉宽调制模块600电连接电源模块500，脉宽调制模块600包括第二输出端，脉宽调制模块600用于通过第二输出端输出脉宽调制信号。风扇电机36包括电机负极、电机正极和电机控制端，电机负极接地，电机正极电连接第一输出端，电机控制端电连第二输出端。其中脉宽调制信号即PWM(Pulse width modulation)信号，电源模块500连接电机正极为风扇电机36提供定值电压，无需另外设置升压电路，可以简化电路设计、节约电路制备成本。通过脉宽调制模块600输出不同占空比的PWM信号可以实现风扇电机36的不同转速，并且由于电源模块500输出至电机正极的电压恒定不变(例如保持5V不变)，使得转速的调节更加精准，可以实现转速的无级调节，提高续航性能。本实施例中风扇电机36的数量可以是一个也可以是两个或者是其它数量，本实施例并不限制。多个风扇电机36可以并联。
其中，参照图73，电源模块500例如具体可以包括电池510、电池充电管理芯片520和充放电单元530。电池510包括电池正极和电池负极，电池负极接地。充放电单元530连接电池正极，包括前述提到的第一输出端。充放电单元530用于对电池510进行充电或放电。电池充电管理芯片520电连接电池正极和充放电单元530之间，用于在电池510进行充电时对输入的电流进行降压处理后输出至电池正极，或者用于在电池510进行放电时对输入的电流进行升压处理后输出至充放电单元530。更具体地例如参照图74，充放电单元530具体包括充电插座USB1、第一场效应管Q1和第二场效应管Q2。充电插座USB1用于接入外接电源。第一场效应管Q1的源极电连接充电插座USB1，第一场效应管Q1的漏极电连接电池充电管理芯片520。第二场效应管Q2的漏极电连接第一场效应管Q1的漏极，第二场效应管Q2的源极电连接第一输出端。电池充电管理芯片520例如可以是SW6206型管理芯片。电池510的充电时，电流从外接电源通过充电插座USB1输入，经由第一场效应管Q1后输入至电池充电管理芯片520，由电池充电管理芯片520进行降压后输入至电池正极B+。电池510放电时，电流从电池正极B+输出，经由电池充电管理芯片520进行升压后，通过第二场效应管Q2的源极输出一定值电压至第一输出端，为风扇电机36提供恒定的电压。当然，如图74所示，充放电单元530与电池充电管理芯片520之间例如还连接有电阻R1，电池充电管理芯片520与电池510之间例如还连接有电感L1，本实施例不对电池充电管理芯片520、充放电单元530内的具体元件进行逐一说明，电源模块500的设计可以参照图74所示的具体电路图所示，或者也可以参照其它可提供定值电压的电源进行设置，本实施例并不限制于此。
在一个实施例中，进一步参照图73，脉宽调制模块600例如包括脉宽调制芯片610，脉宽调制芯片610包括所述第二输出端，用于输出脉宽调制信号。例如参照图75所示，脉宽调制芯片610例如为PB-03型芯片，第19引脚即为所述第二输出端，可输出脉宽调制信号至风扇电机36的电机控制端。
更进一步的脉宽调制芯片610还包括第一输入端，脉宽调制模块600还包括稳压单元620，电连接电源模块500和第一输入端之间，用于为脉宽调制芯片610提供稳定的输入电压。具体的如图75中所示，脉宽调制芯片610的第3引脚为第一输入端。
举例而言，稳压单元620的电路结构例如可以参照图76所示，具体包括第一肖特基二极管D3、第二肖特基二极管D4、稳压芯片U4、第一电容C26、第二电容C25和第三电容C24。其中第一肖特基二极管D3的正极电连接电池正极。第二肖特基二极管D4的正极电连接充放电单元530和电池充电管理芯片520之间。第二肖特基二极管D4的负极电连接第一肖特基二极管D3的负极。稳压芯片U4包括输入引脚、输出引脚和接地引脚，稳压芯片U4的输入引脚连接第一肖特基二极管D3的负极，稳压芯片U4的输出引脚连接脉宽调制芯片610的第一输入端(即图75中脉宽调制芯片610的第3引脚)，稳压芯片U4的接地引脚接地。第一电容C26的一端电连接稳压芯片U4的输入引脚，另一端接地。第二电容C25的一端电连接稳压芯片U4的输出引脚，另一端接地。第三电容C24与第二电容并联。第一肖特基二极管D3和第二肖特基二极管D4例如可以为1N5819型二极管，稳压芯片U4例如可以为HT7533型芯片。第二肖特基二极管D4的正极例如具体连接于图74中电阻R1与充放电单元530之间的VOUTC引脚。
更具体地，脉宽调制模块600例如还包括开关单元630，用于调节脉宽调制芯片610输出的脉宽调制信号。开关单元630具有第一连接端和第二连接端，第一连接端电连接脉宽调制芯片610，第二连接端接地。具体参照图77，开关单元630的第一连接端包括第一开关引脚和第二开关引脚，对应的脉宽调制芯片610包括第一控制引脚和第二控制引脚，第一开关引脚连接于第一控制引脚、第二开关引脚连接于第二控制引脚。开关单元630还包括第一开关SW1和第二开关SW2，第一开关电连接于第一开关引脚和第二连接端之间，第二开关电连接于第二开关引脚和第二连接端之间。脉宽调制芯片610用于响应于第一开关的动作控制风扇电机36的启停，脉宽调制芯片610还用于响应于第二开关的动作控制脉宽调制信号的占空比。对照图75和图77，即脉宽调制芯片610上的第16引脚连接第一开关引脚，第一开关SW1和第二开关SW2例如具体为SW-PB2型按键开关。第一开关SW1的一端连接至脉宽调制芯片610的第16引脚，另一端接地。脉宽调制芯片610上的第31引脚连接第二开关引脚，第二开关SW2的一端连接至脉宽调制芯片610的第31引脚，另一端接地。其中如图77所示，开关单元630例如还包括设置在第一开关引脚和第一开关SW1之间的电阻R26，以及设置在第二开关引脚和第二开关SW2之间的电阻R40。实际使用时，需要启动或者停止风扇电机36，则操作第一开关SW1，需要调节风扇电机36的转速时则操作第二开关SW2，操作简便。
在一个实施例中，参照图78，风扇调速电路还包括并联在风扇电机36的电机正极和电机负极之间的电机保护单元，电机保护单元包括二极管D2和保护电容C18，二极管D2的正极电连接电机负极，二极管D2的负极电连接电机正极。保护电容C18与二极管D2并联于电机正极和电机负极之间。电机保护单元可以消耗风扇电机36停止工作时产生的电能，进行能量回收，防止风扇电机36的损坏。
本申请的另一个实施例提供一种便携式调速风扇，包括前述任意一项实施例所述的风扇调速电路，该便携式调速风扇例如还包括容置风扇调速电路的外壳，固定在风扇电机36上的扇叶等，可以参照常规的便携风扇的装配方式，本实施例并不限制。采用前述风扇调速电路，调速风扇的风速调节步进可以达到1％，实现无级调速效果，调速更加灵活，使用更方便。并且无需额外增加升压电路，成本也可大大降低。
参见图79和图80，本申请第十四实施例提供的一种风扇组件，例如可以是如前述第一实施例至第八实施例中任一实施例的离心式风机。具体地，风扇组件包括：叶轮30、电机36和控制芯片37。电机36可例如包括定子362和转子361，转子361可以相对于定子转动的转子361，定子362包括至少两对绕组，转子361围绕至少两对绕组的外围设置，并且转子361与叶轮30连接；控制芯片37与所述至少两对绕组电连接，控制芯片37用于通过控制所述至少两对绕组上的磁场变化以控制转子361带动所述叶轮30转动。叶轮30可例如包括轮毂31和设置在轮毂31上的扇叶32。叶轮30上还可例如设置有转轴38，电机36还可例如包括转轴安装部34，转轴38的第一端连接于叶轮30，转轴38的第二 端插设于转轴安装部34，转轴38的第二端在转轴安装部34内可相对转轴安装部34转动；风扇组件还可例如包括固定轴，固定轴可例如设置有轴孔，轴孔内安装有转轴安装部34，转轴38的第二端在转轴安装部34内与固定轴相对转动。
转子361可例如容置于叶轮30的轮毂31内。转子361可例如为橡胶磁环或钕铁硼磁环，优选地，转子361为钕铁硼磁环。转子361采用钕铁硼磁环与橡胶磁环相比，同样的磁通量厚度会比较薄，可以提供更大的空间给定子362，从而可以将定子362设为三相三线电机以降低功率。橡胶磁环的厚度通常大于1mm，钕铁硼磁环的厚度可以小于0.8mm，优选地，本实施例提供的转子361的厚度小于0.8毫米。
参见图81和图82，定子362可例如还包括电机支架363，至少两对绕组设置在所述电机支架363上。至少两对绕组可例如包括两对绕组，每对绕组包括第一绕组364和第二绕组365，举例来说，两对绕组可例如包括一对主绕组和一对副绕组，一对主绕组包括第一绕组364和第二绕组365，一对副绕组也包括第一绕组364和第二绕组365。如图81所示，一对主绕组和一对副绕组相互垂直地设置在电机支架363上，即主绕组和副绕组的两个第一绕组364相邻设置，主绕组和副绕组的两个第二绕组365相邻设置。定子362可例如包括第一绕线366和矽钢片367，电机支架363可例如设置有四个绕线部368，第一绕线366可例如为漆包线。漆包线是绕组线的一个主要品种，由导体和绝缘层两部组成，裸线经退火软化后，再经过多次涂漆，烘焙而成。矽钢片367，又称电工钢板、硅钢片，是指一种含碳量极低(经退火后，含碳量在0.005％以下)的硅铁软磁合金，一般硅含量为0.5％～4.5％，铁中加入硅可以提高其电阻率和最大导磁率。矽钢片367可例如具有多层并与电机支架363连接，矽钢片367的部分可例如包裹在电机支架363的四个绕线部368中，矽钢片367的外侧凸出于电机支架363外，矽钢片367的内侧凸出于电机支架363的中间孔内，转轴安装部34容置于电机支架363的中间孔内并与矽钢片367的内侧隔开设置，固定轴夹持固定于转轴安装部34和矽钢片367的内侧之间。第一绕线366依次缠绕在四个绕线部368上形成一对主绕组和一对副绕组，即两对绕组中的四个绕组由一根第一绕线366绕完，相当于四个绕组串联在一起，第一绕组364和第二绕组365的绕线方向相反。电机支架363上还例如设置有至少两个支脚369，第一绕线366的两端分别连接于其中两个支脚369上。
以图83举例来说，一对主绕组可例如包括第一绕组364和第二绕组365，一对副绕组可例如包括第一绕组364和第二绕组365，位置1为一对副绕组的第一绕组364，位置2为一对主绕组的第一绕组364，位置3为一对副绕组的第二绕组365，位置4为一对主绕组的第二绕组365。一对副绕组的第一绕组364的绕线方向可例如为逆时针，一对副绕组的第二绕组365的绕线方向则为顺时针，一对主绕组的第一绕组364的绕线方向为顺时针，一对主绕组的第二绕组365的绕线方向为逆时针；还可例如一对副绕组的第一绕组364的绕向方向为顺时针，一对副绕组的第二绕组365的绕线方向为逆时针，一对主绕组的第一绕组364的绕线方向为逆时针，一对主绕组的第二绕组365的绕线方向为顺时针；当然，第一绕组364和第二绕组365的绕线方向可根据定子362设置的不同位置进行调整。当电机36接入电源时，输入电流例如为单相正弦电流，一对主绕组会产生一个交变脉动磁场，所述交变脉动磁场的强弱随着时间作正弦电流变化而变化，以位置2的一对主绕组的第一绕组364为例，其磁场方向例如为位置1至位置3的方向；控制芯片37将接入的单相正弦电流进行移相后将移相后的电流作用于一对副绕组，以位置1的一对副绕组的第一绕组364为例，其磁场方向例如为位置4至位置2的方向。电机36接入电源后，单相正弦电流一部分作用于一对主绕组供电，另一部分由控制芯片37控制移相后将移相后的电流作用于一对副绕组供电，由于单向正弦电流和移相后的电流的相位一前一后，则相应的一对主绕组和一对副绕组产生的磁场力也一前一后，这样就可以实现一对主绕组和一对副绕组依次产生推力，使得转子361进行旋转，并带动叶轮30转动。通过控制芯片37来控制两对绕组上的磁场变化来控制转子361带动叶轮30转动，使得风扇组件具有更高、更稳定的转速，进一步提高了风扇组件的性能。
参见图84，风扇组件可例如还包括电路板39，定子362固定在电路板39上，控制芯片37设置在电路板39上。电路板39上可例如设置有电流输入接线端391、接地端392以及脉宽调制接线端393。电流输入接线端391电连接电源，用于接收电流输入；接地端392用来接地；脉宽调制接线端393电连接控制芯片37，控制芯片37具体可例如为峰岧FT3206D正玄波驱动芯片，控制芯片37可例如设置有脉宽调制信号输出引脚，控制芯片37可例如通过PWM信号输出引脚输出脉宽调制信号至脉宽调制接线端393，其中脉宽调制信号即PWM(Pulse width modulation)信号，控制芯片37可以输出不同占空比的PWM信号，其可以实现1％至100％的调节，进而可以实现电机36的100个档位的转速。风扇组件上可例如还设置有调速开关，调速开关与控制芯片37电连接，控制芯片37可相应调速开关输出不同占空比的PWM信号，以对风扇组件进行调速，风扇组件的风速调节步进可以达到1％，实现无级调速效果，调速更加灵活，使用更方便。
电路板39上可例如设置有安装凹槽394，控制芯片37设置在安装凹槽394内，这样一来，可以降低电路板的厚度，使得装配更加紧密，进一步减小了风扇组件的体积，另外，也可以增大控制芯片37与两对绕组的距离，减少控制芯片37对两对绕组磁场的影响。可以理解地是，电路板39上可例如还设置有电容、电阻和二极管等其他元件，本实施例在此不一一进行说明。
参见图85、图86和图87，在本申请第十五实施例的一个具体实施方式中，其与上述第十四实施例的相比：在本实施例中，至少两对绕组还可例如包括三对绕组，每对所述绕组包括第一绕组364和第二绕组365，第一绕组364和第二绕组365相对设置在电机支架363上。定子362可例如包括三根第二绕线370，电机支架363设置有六个绕线部368，第二绕线370可例如为漆包线，矽钢片367与电机支架363连接，矽钢片367的部分可例如包裹在电机支架363的六个绕线部368中。每根第二绕线370缠绕在相对设置的两个绕线部368上形成一对绕组，每对绕组中的第一绕组364和第二绕组365的绕线方向相反，相邻的三个第一绕组364的绕线方向相同，相邻的三个第二绕组365的绕线方向相同。电机支架363上可例如设置有四个支脚369，三根第二绕线370的一端连接在一起，可例如通过将三根第二绕线 370的一端连接在同一个支脚369上，三根第二绕线370的另一端分别连接在另外三个支脚369上。本实施例中，相应的转子361设置有两对磁极，当然，转子361也可以设置有一对磁极或者三对磁极，转子361设置有两对磁极为最优方案，当转子361设置有两对磁极时，定子362和转子361可以更好配合使得转子361的转动更加稳定，避免了转子361磁极数量较多时造成转子361的旋转卡顿。
三对绕组可例如接入三相交流电源，由于三相交流电源自带120°的相位差，所以当三对绕组接入三相交流电源时，三对绕组会产生圆形旋转磁场，推动转子361旋转。这样一来，风扇组件的电机36可以直接启动，启动电流较小，叶轮30转动惯性强于单相电机，电机36转动更平滑；其次，电机36结构简单，无需设置启动电容、离心开关等元件，直接通过三相交流电感应产生旋转磁场；此外，电机36的运行力度大，且使得风扇组件的转动速度快且平稳，并且噪声较小；再者，电机36较为省电，使得风扇组件比较省电，提高了风扇组件的续航能力。
参见图88和图89，本申请第十六实施例还提供了一种便携式调温装置，便携式调温装置可以是挂脖风扇、挂腰风扇、头戴风扇、手持风扇等。下面以便携式调温装置为挂脖风扇为例，便携式调温装置可例如包括主体部11和上述实施例中的风扇组件，风扇组件设置在主体部11内。主体部11围合形成穿戴空间10，主体部11上可例如设置有佩戴部130，佩戴部130可例如佩戴在用户的颈部，主体部11上还设置有出风口16，出风口16可例如将风扇组件吹出的风吹向用户的两侧脸颊，当然，此处仅为举例说明，本实施例并不以此为限。
由上可知，本申请上述技术特征可以具有如下一个或多个有益效果：通过将风扇组件中的电机36设置为包括定子362和可以相对于所述定子362转动的转子361，定子362包括至少两对绕组，转子361围绕至少两对绕组的外围设置且与叶轮30连接，即该风扇组件中的电机36为外转子电机，优点在于转动惯量大、散热好、节省绕组的绕线，叶轮30等负载件可直接连接在转子361上，满足小体积整机安装尺寸要求，使得风扇组件中的电机36结构简单，并且体积和重量较小，使得风扇组件更适用于便携式调温装置；另外，通过设置控制芯片37与定子362上的至少两对绕组连接，使得控制芯片37可以通过控制至少两对绕组上的磁场变化来控制转子361带动叶轮30旋转，控制芯片37可以更好的控制电机36的旋转，进一步提升了风扇组件的旋转效果。
参见图90，本申请第十七实施例提供的一种新的半导体制冷器700，例如可以是如前述第一实施例至第八实施例中任一实施例的调温件。具体地，半导体制冷器700例如包括：第一基板710、第二基板720、封装件730、多个热电偶对740以及温度感测单元750。
其中，封装件730设置于所述第一基板710与所述第二基板720之间，封装件730与第一基板710、第二基板720围合形成容置空间760。所述多个热电偶对740与所述温度感测单元750例如均设置于所述第一基板710与所述第二基板720之间、且位于所述容置空间760内部。
进一步地，半导体制冷器700例如还包括第一接线端770和第二接线端780，第一接线端770电连接所述多个热电偶对740且延伸至所述容置空间760外部，第二接线端780电连接所述温度感测单元750且延伸至所述容置空间760外部。具体地，第一接线端770例如包括第一连接线772和第二连接线774，第二接线端780例如包括第三连接线782和第四连接线784，举例来说，第一连接线772与第二连接线774例如为电源线，第三连接线782与第四连接线784例如为信号线。其中，第一连接线772与第二连接线774电连接所述多个热电偶对740、且延伸至所述容置空间760外部以便电连接外部电路；第三连接线782和第四连接线784电连接所述温度感测单元750且延伸至所述容置空间760外部以便电连接外部电路，并且为了方便区分第一接线端770和第二接线端780，第一接线端770和第二接线端780例如采用粗细不同的导线或者颜色不同的导线，例如第一连接线772和第二连接线774采用细导线，第三连接线782和第四连接线784采用粗导线；或者，第一连接线772和第二连接线774分别采用白色导线和蓝色导线，第三连接线782和第四连接线784分别采用黑色导线和红色导线。在其他实施例中，第一接线端770和第二接线端780还可以采用其他形式的接线方式，只要能够实现所述多个热电偶对740和所述温度感测单元750分别与外部电路连接即可。
承上述，如图92所示，每一个所述热电偶对740例如包括串联连接的第一类型半导体热电偶742和第二类型半导体热电偶744。其中，第一类型半导体热电偶742例如为N型半导体热电偶，第二类型半导体热电偶744例如为P型半导体热电偶，反之亦然。因为N型半导体热电偶的载子为电子，P型半导体热电偶的载子为空穴，所以不同型的半导体热电偶，其电流方向会相反，因此N型半导体热电偶的电子和P型半导体热电偶的空穴是往同方向流动的，其中半导体热电偶的载子会成为传热的媒介，而外加的直流电源则提供了电子流动所需的能量。在通上电源后，电子由负极(-)出发，首先经过P型半导体热电偶，于此吸收热量，到了N型半导体热电偶处，又将热量放出，每经过一对N、P型半导体热电偶，就有热量由一端被送到另外一端，因为这种主动式地将热量泵送，而造成温差，形成冷热端。当电流方向相反，热量传递的方向也会相反，利用此原理可做温度控制之用。温度感测单元750用于感测所述半导体制冷器700的工作温度得到感测结果，并将感测结果输出至外部电路。
举例来说，上述提到的外部电路例如为外部控制电路，多个热电偶对740通过第一连接线772、第二连接线774与外部控制电路电连接，实现冷端制冷与热端制热；温度感测单元750通过第三连接线782、第四连接线784与外部控制电路电连接，从而感测半导体制冷器700的工作温度并将感测结果发送至外部控制电路。当所述工作温度超过设定值时，可以通过外部控制电路上的控制器可以及时调整对半导体制冷器10的散热效率或直接关闭半导体制冷器700，以保护半导体制冷器700不受损坏。
本申请实施例通过设置第一基板710、第二基板720和封装件730围合形成容置空间760，使得容置空间760与外部环境相互隔离，其中封装件730起防潮和隔热的作用，并且通过在容置空间760内部集成设置温度感测单元750，即半导体制冷器700内部自带温度感测单元750，无需另外安装设置温度感测单元，不仅可以避免现有技术中温度感测单 元750由于外力等因素与半导体制冷器700相对脱落的情况，还可以免受环境温度对温度检测过程的影响，从而更为准确地检测半导体制冷器700的工作温度。并且，半导体制冷器700内部集成设置温度感测单元750，温度感测单元750检测到的温度为半导体制冷器700内部的工作温度、而并非半导体制冷器700外表面贴附处的工作温度，从而能够更精准地反映出半导体制冷器700工作时的温度变化，藉此更进一步地提高对半导体制冷器700的工作温度检测精度。
下面结合附图90至图92对半导体制冷器700的结构进行进一步说明。
再参见图90，所述第一基板710与所述第二基板720例如相对设置，举例来说第一基板710与所述第二基板720例如相互平行设置。第一基板710例如为冷端基板，第二基板720例如为热端基板，反之亦然。第一基板710与第二基板720例如可通过封装件730固定连接，封装件730例如填充于第一基板710与第二基板720之间的周侧边缘，以保持二者之间连接的稳定性。举例来说，封装件730可选用橡胶，橡胶固化后呈乳白色有弹性的固体，固化的目的是使得多个热电偶对740和温度感测单元750与外部环境相互隔离，起防潮和隔热的作用。进一步地，第一基板710与第二基板720例如为陶瓷基板，比如Al2O3(氧化铝)、BeO(氧化铋)、AIN(氮化铝)等材料基板，这样一来不仅具有良好的热传导性能，而且具有良好的电绝缘性能，使得半导体制冷器700能够在确保工作性能实现的同时简化结构。在一个具体实施方式中，所述第一基板710和所述第二基板720中一者或二者可例如为金属基板，其金属基板的内表面设有绝缘层。举例来说金属基板可以选用铝基板、铜基板或其它金属导体，第一基板710和第二基板720的内表面与多个热电偶对740接触的位置通过绝缘层隔离，一方面确保流入多个热电偶对740的电流与第一基板710和第二基板720之间电性隔离，另一方面也可以充分利用金属材质的第一基板710和第二基板720更优的热传导性能将多个热电偶对740产生的冷能及热能传导出去。
承上述，所述多个热电偶对740例如固定地夹持于所述第一基板710与第二基板720之间、且依次串联连接在所述第一连接线772与第二连接线774之间，例如图91中所示。所述多个热电偶对740的数量优选为100-120，优选为103或者105，以便当半导体制冷器700应用于便携式产品时可以提供足够的冷能或热能，以提升用户体验。参见图92，每一个所述热电偶对740例如包括串联连接的第一类型半导体热电偶742和第二类型半导体热电偶744，所述第一类型半导体热电偶和所述第二类型半导体热电偶中每一者在所述第一基板与所述第二基板的距离方向上的高度H1为1.0mm-2.0mm，高度H1优选为1.7mm，其有利于半导体制冷器700的薄型化，以使得其更适用于便携式产品。
此外，每一个所述热电偶对740的所述第一类型半导体热电偶742和所述第二类型半导体热电偶744的长度和宽度均优选为1.0mm。每一个所述热电偶对740的所述第一类型半导体热电偶742和所述第二类型半导体热电偶744之间的距离为0.5mm-1.2mm。其中，参见图92，相邻设置的两个热电偶对740中的第一热电偶对的所述第一类型半导体热电偶742和所述第二类型半导体热电偶744之间具有第一距离D1，相邻设置的两个热电偶对740中的第二热电偶对的所述第一类型半导体热电偶742和所述第二类型半导体热电偶744之间具有第二距离D2，第二距离D2与第一距离D1不同。举例来说，所述第一距离D1例如为0.5mm-0.7mm，第一距离D1优选为0.6mm，所述第二距离D2例如为0.8mm-1.2mm，第二距离D2优选为1.0mm。此处，将第一距离D1和第二距离D2设为不同并进一步设计第一距离D1和第二距离D2的数值范围，可以使得半导体制冷器700具有更佳的制冷或制热效果。
此外，再参见图90和图91，所述温度感测单元750设置于所述第一基板710和所述第二基板720之间的边缘区域，所述边缘区域位于所述多个热电偶对740的设置区域的外侧。所述多个热电偶对740的设置区域可以是指从所述第一基板710和所述第二基板720之间的中心向外扩散形成的区域。如此一来，一方面使得在半导体制冷器700内部增设温度感测单元750不会影响多个热电偶对740的设置，另一方面也便于引出温度感测单元750的第三连接线782及第四连接线784，从而简化半导体制冷器700的制作工艺。
进一步地，温度感测单元750例如贴设于所述第一基板710的内表面，从而简化将温度感测单元750装配于半导体制冷器700内部的装配操作。举例来说，温度感测单元750例如包括热敏电阻。通过温度感测单元750检测半导体制冷器700内部的温度作为半导体制冷器700的工作温度，外部电路可以根据温度感测单元750的检测结果优化对半导体制冷器700的控制曲线，提升对半导体制冷器700的温度调节的精度，且在半导体制冷器700内部的工作温度过高时能够及时启动对半导体制冷器700的保护控制，从而延长半导体制冷器700的使用寿命，如此也能够避免半导体制冷器700过温而可能引发的安全风险。
综上所述，本申请第十七实施例提供的一种新的半导体制冷器，通过设置第一基板、第二基板和封装件围合形成容置空间，使得容置空间与外部环境相互隔离，其中封装件起防潮和隔热的作用，并且通过在容置空间内部集成设置温度感测单元，即半导体制冷器内部自带温度感测单元，无需另外安装设置温度感测单元，不仅可以避免现有技术中温度感测单元由于外力等因素与半导体制冷器相对脱落的情况，还可以免受环境温度对温度检测过程的影响，更为准确地检测半导体制冷器的工作温度。并且，将半导体制冷器内部设置温度感测单元，设置温度感测单元检测到的温度为半导体制冷器内部的工作温度、而并非半导体制冷器外表面贴附处的工作温度，从而能够更精准地反映出半导体制冷器工作时的温度变化，藉此更进一步地提高对半导体制冷器的工作温度检测精度。再者，将第一类型半导体热电偶和第二类型半导体热电偶的第一距离和第二距离设为不同，可以使得半导体制冷器具有更佳的制冷或制热效果。此外，通过对热电偶对的数量设计，当其应用于便携式产品时可以提供足够的冷能或热能，以提升用户体验。另外，通过对第一类型半导体热电偶及第二类型半导体热电偶的高度进行设计，其有利于半导体制冷器的薄型化，以使得其更适用于便携式产品。
参见图93和图94，本申请第十八实施例提供的一种便携式调温装置，包括主体部11、设于所述主体部11内的如前述第十七实施例所述的半导体制冷器700及设于所述主体部11内侧的导温件2，所述导温件2与所述半导体制冷器 700的所述第一基板710热传导连接。所述便携式调温装置可以是能够佩戴于用户身体上不同部位使用的调温产品，主体部11相应是指将便携式调温装置稳定地佩戴在用户身体上相应部位的结构，如：便携式调温装置可以是佩戴于用户手腕上使用的调温设备，其中主体部11可以是指环绕用户手腕的腕带、便携式调温装置可以是佩戴于用户腰部上使用的调温设备，其中主体部11可以是环绕用户腰部的固定带、便携式调温装置可以是佩戴于用户颈部上使用的调温设备，其中主体部11可以是绕设于用户脖颈处的颈戴架；本实施例中，为了便于理解，以所述便携式调温装置为挂脖式调温装置为例进行描述。
在一些实施例中，所述主体部11包括第一臂部13a、第二臂部13b及将所述第一臂部13a和所述第二臂部13b可弯折地连接的连接结构400。所述第一臂部13a和所述第二臂部13b内分别设有所述半导体制冷器700，所述第一臂部13a和所述第二臂部13b的内侧分别设有所述导温件2。
在一些实施例中，参见图95，第一臂部13a和第二臂部13b内可以设有用于装设固定半导体制冷器700的定位结构800。其中，内侧是指便携式调温装置戴设于用户身体上时相对贴近用户身体皮肤表面的一侧。
在一些实施例中，再参见图94，所述连接结构400包括弹性件410和两个连接件420，两个所述连接件420可相对转动地连接，且所述连接件420分别与第一臂部13a和第二臂部13b连接，所述弹性件410的两端可以分别与两个所述连接件420抵接，通过所述连接件420向所述第一臂部13a和第二臂部13b施加朝内侧转动的弹性力，以确保挂脖式调温装置佩戴于用户脖颈上时，位于第一臂部13a和第二臂部13b内侧的导温件2可保持与脖颈处的皮肤贴合。
在一些实施例中，再参见图93和图94，所述第一臂部13a和第二臂部13b上分别设有进风口15和出风口16，且所述第一臂部13a和第二臂部13b内分别形成有与所述进风口15连通的容纳腔150和将所述容纳腔150和所述出风口16连通的风道17，所述第一臂部13a和第二臂部13b内还可以分别设有收容于所述容纳腔150内的扇轮3。所述风道17可以通过分隔件138分隔形成多个子风道177，所述第一臂部13a和第二臂部13b上的出风口16可以形成为与不同子风道177对应的多个子出风口。在一些实施例中，所述第一臂部13a和所述第二臂部13b的内部空间还可以包括由分隔件138分隔形成的、与风道17相互分隔的收容腔133，所述半导体制冷器700的外部控制电路可以设收容腔133内，扇轮3工作过程中产生的气流主要流向各个子风道177内，通过子风道177的分流和导引从对应的子出风口16流出，以分别对人体的不同部位进行吹风散热，小部分气流可以流入收容腔133内对电路进行散热，确保电路工作中的稳定性。
此外，在一个具体实施方式中，参见图96，所述半导体制冷器700的长度L1为30mm-45mm，所述半导体制冷器700的宽度W1为15mm-25mm，所述半导体制冷器700的尺寸优选为长度L1为40mm，宽度W1为20mm。如此以尽可能在保证半导体制冷器700制冷/制热效果的前提下缩小半导体制冷器体积，提高相同体积下半导体制冷器700的制冷/制热效率，从而能够适用于体积较小的便携式产品中。
在一些实施例中，再参见图96，所述半导体制冷器700的长度L1相对于所述导温件2的长度L2之比值为0.25-0.5，该比值优选为0.3。所述半导体制冷器的宽度W1相对于所述导温件的宽度W2之比值为0.5-0.75，该比值优选为0.6。再者，所述导温件2在其长度方向上具有相对的两个边缘331，所述半导体制冷器700沿所述导温件2的所述长度方向到任一所述边缘331的距离D3为15mm-30mm。此处，通过对半导体制冷器700与导温件2之间尺寸关系的合理设计，其可以保证导温件2的传导效率和传导均匀性。
综上所述，本申请十七实施例提供的便携式调温装置，其半导体制冷器温度监控更准确，使得产品调温性能更佳；且通过对半导体制冷器与导温件之间尺寸关系的合理设计，其可以保证导温件的传导效率和传导均匀性。
请参阅图97至图99，本申请第十九实施例提供的一种便携式调温装置，用于佩戴在人体上，例如佩戴在人体脖颈或腰腹等部位，以实现降温或升温效果，下文以佩戴在脖颈为例进行说明。
本实施例的便携式调温装置与第一实施例的便携式调温装置相比：在本实施例中，便携式调温装置包括主体部11和多个调温单元，主体部11用于佩戴在用户的脖颈上，多个调温单元分别安装在主体部11上，并用于调节温度，以实现降温或升温效果。主体部11内部设有腔体178，以用于容纳调温单元。可以理解的，调温单元可以是完全容纳在腔体178内，也可以是部分收容在腔体178内，部分位于腔体178外。
主体部11佩戴至脖颈的具体方式不进行限定，例如，可以是从用户的头顶往下，直接套在用户的脖颈上；也可以是将主体部11设置成两个端部可以相对运动，使得用户可以通过调整主体部11两端之间的间距，将便携式调温装置以侧向插入的方式直接佩戴在脖颈上。在本实施例中，主体部11的两端能够相对运动，能够以侧向插入的方式佩戴在脖颈上，使得便携式调温装置在佩戴过程中不会受到头部的影响，能够减小便携式调温装置的体积，同时也方便便携式调温装置的佩戴和取下。
主体部11的具体形状不进行限定，例如U形、C形或圆环形等。在本实施例中，主体部11为圆环形结构，且该圆环可以为不闭合或者闭合的圆环。圆环形相比于U形和C形等形状，圆环形两端之间的间距较小甚至没有，因此便携式调温装置戴在脖颈上后就不容易掉落，从而降低用户在运动过程中便携式调温装置从脖颈上脱落的风险。
主体部11包括两个臂部13和连接件1021，每个臂部13上都设有调温单元，两个臂部13分别连接于连接件1021的两端。每个臂部13都设有腔体178，以用于容纳调温单元。
每个臂部13上安装的调温单元的具体数量不进行限定，可以是一个，也可以是多个，在本实施例中，调温单元的数量为两个，每个臂部13上都设有一个调温单元。
在一些实施例中，臂部13远离连接件1021的另一端则能够相对运动，因此，用户在佩戴或取下的过程中，可以先使两个臂部13远离连接件1021的端部相背运动，使两个端部之间的缺口大于脖颈的宽度，以使脖颈可以从两个端部之间的缺口通过。
两个臂部13远离连接件1021的一端实现相对运动的具体方式不进行限定，例如，可以是让两个臂部13分别与连接件1021转动连接，通过转动两个臂部13的方式调整来调节两个端部之间的间距，或者，也可以是通过使连接件1021具有弹性，能够产生形变，两个臂部13就能通过压缩或拉伸连接件1021实现相对运动。在本实施例中，连接件1021能够产生形变。
连接件1021的具体种类不进行限定，例如，可以是能够产生形变的硅胶件，也可以是能够伸缩的软管等。在本实施例中，连接件1021为硅胶件，硅胶件具有弹性，可以产生形变，当两个臂部13受到向外的作用力时，两个臂部13远离连接件1021的一端相背运动，并拉伸硅胶件。
主体部11还包括固定片179，两个臂部13和连接件1021均与固定片179连接。
在一些实施例中，固定片179具有弹性复位功能，当用户驱动两个臂部13远离连接件1021的一端相背运动时，固定片179会产生形变以跟随两个臂部13一起运动，当用户松开两个臂部13后，两个臂部13远离连接件1021的一端就会在固定片179的作用下相向运动，最终使主体部11恢复至原状态，形成自动复位效果，即恢复至圆环形，以避免便携式调温装置从脖颈上掉下来。
固定片179的具体材质不进行限定，例如，可以是具有弹性的金属片，也可以是具有弹性的塑料片等，只要具有弹性复位效果即可。在本实施例中，固定片179为具有弹性的金属片。
请参阅图99和图100，每个调温单元都包括第一风机53，第一风机53位于腔体178内。主体部11上设有第一进风口114和第一出风口101，第一进风口114和第一出风口101均与腔体178相连通。第一风机53在工作时，可以将便携式调温装置外部的空气通过第一进风口114吸入腔体178内，然后在第一风机53的驱动下，从第一出风口101吹出，吹向用户，从而给用户形成吹风降温效果。
第一风机53的具体种类不进行限定，例如，可以是轴流风机，也可以是离心风机。在本实施例中，第一风机53为离心风机，第一进风口114设于主体部11的径向侧部(即靠近用户脖颈的内侧或远离用户脖颈的外侧)，第一出风口101设于主体部11的轴向侧部。具体地，固定片179和臂部13远离固定片179的一侧均设有第一进风口114，第一出风口101设于臂部13的轴向一侧，设置两个第一进风口114，可以增大进风量，从而使更多的空气可以通过第一进风口114进入腔体178内，以提升第一风机53的吹风降温效果。
第一出风口101和第一进风口114的具体形状不进行限定，例如，可以是设置在主体部11上的通孔，也可以是设置在主体部11上的通槽。
每个调温单元还包括第二风机54和调温组件50，第二风机54位于腔体178内，主体部11设有与腔体178连通的第二进风口115、第二出风口113以及散热口118。第二风机54与散热口118之间形成第一出风路径57，第二风机54与第二出风口113之间形成第二出风路径58。调温组件50包括设于第一出风路径57的调温件4和与调温件4连接的导温件2，导温件2至少部分位于腔体178外，以便与用户接触。具体地，导温件2位于臂部13的内侧。第二风机54工作时，可以将便携式调温装置外部的空气通过第二进风口115吸入腔体178内，然后在第二风机54的驱动下，一部分空气进入第一出风路径57，流经调温组件50的调温件4，带走调温件上43的热量后从散热口118排出，一部分空气进入第二出风路径58，最后从第二出风口113排出，吹向用户，形成吹风降温效果。第一风机53和第二风机54都能形成吹风降温效果，增加了便携式调温装置的吹风降温范围。调温件4能够产生冷流和热流，导温件2用于与用户接触从而将冷流或热流传递至用户，为用户形成接触式的降温或取暖即调温效果。在给用户降温时，调温件4与导温件2连接的一侧产生冷流，并通过导温件2传递给用户，调温件4远离导温件2的一侧形成热流，第一出风路径57内的空气在朝向散热口118运动的过程中流经调温件4，并带走调温件4上的热流，保证调温件4的制冷效果。第二风机54在给调温件4散热的同时，还能为用户形成吹风降温的效果，增强了多功能调温装置的降温效果。
固定片179上对应每一个调温单元都设有第一进风口114、第二进风口115和散热口118。具体地，调温单元的数量为两个，两个调温单元分别设于两个臂部13，每个调温单元都包括一个第一风机53和一个第二风机54，固定片179对应两个第一风机53都设有第一进风口114，对应两个第二风机54都设有第二进风口115和散热口118。
固定片179的具体安装方式不进行限定，可以是位于主体部11内，也可以是位于主体部11外。在本实施例中，主体部11围设有佩戴腔，佩戴腔位于主体部11的内侧，主体部11通过佩戴腔佩戴在用户的脖颈上，两个臂部13和连接件1021远离佩戴腔的一侧设有与腔体178连通的安装口182，该安装口182连通腔体178和主体部11的外部，即臂部13和连接件1021在径向上的外侧呈敞口设置，固定片179嵌设于安装口182内。通过在主体部11的外侧形成安装口182，将固定片179嵌设在安装口182内，使固定片179不仅具有复位效果，同时还能形成覆盖腔体178以保护内部元件的效果，有利于减小便携式调温装置的整体体积和重量。具体地，固定片179的外表面与臂部13和连接件1021的外表面平齐，以降低固定片179的突兀感。
第二风机54的具体种类不进行限定，例如，可以是轴流风机，也可以是离心风机。在本实施例中，第二风机54为离心风机，第二进风口115和散热口118设于主体部11的径向侧部(即内侧或外侧)，第二出风口113设于主体部11的轴向侧部。具体地，第二进风口115和散热口118都设置在固定片179上，第二出风口113设置在臂部13的轴向一侧，并与第一出风口101位于主体部11的同一侧。便携式调温装置佩戴在脖颈时，固定片179位于远离脖颈的一侧，因此，将散热口118设置在固定片179上，可以防止从散热口118排出的热风吹向用户而影响降温效果。
第二出风口113、第二进风口115以及散热口118的具体形状不进行限定，例如，可以是设置在主体部11上的通孔，也可以是设置在主体部11上的通槽。
在一些实施例中，第一进风口114和第二进风口115处可以设置滤网，以对进入腔体178内的空气形成过滤效果，防止外界空气中的灰尘进入腔体178内。
如图100所示，在本实施例中，主体部11的腔体178内设有分隔件138，分隔件138在腔体178内分隔出第一出风路径57和第二出风路径58。具体地，第一出风路径57和第二出风路径58位于第二风机54的同一侧，并沿臂部13的长度方向延伸。分隔件138可以将第一出风路径57和第二出风路径58隔开，使得两个出风路径内的空气不会相互流通，从而避免第一出风路径57内给调温件4降温后形成的热空气流进第二出风路径58内从而影响第二风机54吹风降温的效果。在其它实施例中，腔体178内也可以没有分隔件138，例如，当第一出风路径57和第二出风路径58不在第二风机54的同一侧时，空气在第一出风路径57和第二出风路径58内流动时流动方向就会不同，两个出风路径内的空气本身就不会相互影响，因此可以不用设置分隔件138将其隔开。
在图99所示的实施例中，位于同一臂部13内的第一风机53和第二风机54分别位于该臂部13的两端，也即，第一风机53和第二风机54其中一个设于臂部13靠近连接件1021的一端，另一个设于臂部13远离连接件1021的一端。第一出风口101沿臂部13的长度方向(本实施例中即主体部11的周向)从第一风机53朝向第二风机54方向延伸，第二出风口113沿臂部13的长度方向(本实施例中即主体部11的周向)从第二风机54朝向第一风机53延伸。通过将第一风机53和第二风机54分别设置在臂部13的两端，可以使第一出风口101和第二出风口113在臂部13长度方向的长度更长，使得第一风机53和第二风机54可以给用户脖颈处更多的部位形成吹风降温效果。
在图102所示的第二十实施例中，其与前述第十九实施例相比：在本实施例中，位于同一臂部13内的第一风机53和第二风机54设于臂部13的中部区域，第二风机54相比第一风机53更靠近连接件1021，且第一风机53和第二风机54的出风方向相反。第一出风口101沿臂部13的长度方向朝远离连接件1021的方向延伸，第二出风口113沿臂部13的长度方向从第二风机54朝向连接件1021延伸，第一出风路径57、第二出风路径58以及分隔件138位于第二风机54和连接件1021之间。
如图100所示，在本实施例中，第二风机54设于臂部13靠近连接件1021的一端，臂部13靠近连接件1021的一端沿臂部13的宽度方向向外凸出形成凸出部12，以容纳第二风机54。在本实施例中，在臂部13的宽度方向，第二风机54的尺寸大于第一风机53的尺寸。当便携式调温装置佩戴在脖颈上时，连接件1021及其周边区域位于用户的后颈位置，在重力作用下，连接件1021及其周边区域的内侧会自动与用户的后颈位置相贴合，因此，臂部13靠近连接件1021的一端的内侧不便开设第二进风口115，限制了第二风机54的进风量。通过在臂部13靠近连接件1021的一端设置凸出部12，可以增大臂部13靠近连接件1021一端的体积，相应增大了臂部13在该处的内部空间，因此可以在臂部13靠近连接件1021的一端设置更大的第二风机54和第二进风口115，以提升第二风机54的进风量，增强第二风机54的吹风降温效果和散热效果。
臂部13的宽度方向即与臂部13的长度方向相垂直的方向。在本实施例中，主体部11呈圆环形，臂部13的长度方向即主体部11的周向，臂部13的宽度方向可以是指主体部11的轴向方向，也可以是指主体部11的径向方向。具体地，凸出部12沿主体部11的轴向向外凸出，且凸出部12与第二出风口113位于臂部13的相对两侧。
请参阅图99和图101，调温组件50还包括散热件5，散热件5位于第一出风路径57内并与调温件4远离导温件2的一侧连接。调温件4给用户形成降温时，散热件5可以吸收调温件4产品的热量，散热件5能够增大与空气的接触面积，能够加快与空气之间的热交换，增强调温件4的散热效果，而且第二出风路径58内的空气朝向散热口118运动时可以流经散热件5并带走散热件5上的热量，增强了散热件5的散热能力。
在本实施例中，散热件5包括基板和多个间隔设于基板上的散热片，相邻两个散热片之间形成散热通道，该散热通道的延伸方向与第一出风路径57的延伸方向相同，即与空气的流动方向相同，有利于减小风阻，加速空气流动。
散热件5的外表面设有石墨烯层(图未示)。石墨烯层可以增强热传导效率，有利于进一步增强散热件5的散热效果。
调温件4具有冷端和热端，根据电流方向，冷端和热端可以相互切换。需要降温时，可以使冷端与导温件2连接，从而利用导温件2将冷端产生冷流传递至用户脖颈，给用户形成降温效果；需要升温时，可以使热端与导温件2连接，从而利用导温件2将热端产生的热流传递至用户脖颈，给用户形成取暖效果。同时，腔体178内还可以对应第一风机53和第二风机54设置加热元件，例如电阻丝，空气在第一风机53和第二风机54的驱动下流经加热元件时，空气会被加热元件加热，从而使第一风机53和第二风机54吹出热风，给用户形成吹风取暖的效果。
导温件2从臂部13靠近连接件1021的一端朝远离连接件1021的方向延伸。由于连接件1021及其周边区域都是靠近用户后颈的区域，能够在重力作用下与用户接触，因此使导温件2从臂部13靠近连接件1021的一端朝远离连接件1021的方向延伸，可以保证导温件2至少有一部分即靠近连接件1021的部分能够与用户接触，以将调温件4产生的冷流传递给用户。具体地，在本实施例中，第二风机54位于连接件1021和调温件4之间，导温件2的其中一端相比第二风机54更靠近连接件1021，也即，在主体部11的径向上，第二风机54的投影至少部分位于导温件2上。
请参阅图101，每个臂部13都安装有一控制组件，控制组件包括电路板180、电池510以及开关按键40，电池510、第一风机53、第二风机54以及调温件4都与电路板180电连接。电池510用于给第一风机53、第二风机54以及调温件4提供电能，开关按键40则用于供用户操控第一风机53、第二风机54以及调温件4的启停。
电池510的种类不进行限定，在本实施例中，电池510为可充电电池，臂部13上设有用于给电池510充电的充电口540。
如图103至图106所示，本申请第二十一实施例提供的一种便携式调温装置，其与第一实施例的便携式调温装置相比，在本实施例中，便携式调温装置包括主体部11、调温组件50和隔热件70，调温组件50包括调温件4、散热件5以及导温件2，调温件4具体为半导体制冷片，散热件5设于主体部11的内部，导温件2于主体部11固定连接，且导温件2的至少部分显露于主体部11外，调温件4的一侧与散热件5热传导连接，调温件4的另一侧与导温件2热传导连接，隔热件70位于导温件2和散热件5之间，且隔热件70避让调温件4与导温件2热传导连接的部位设置，调温件4制冷时向导温件2传递冷量、同时向散热件5传递热量，以使得导温件2贴合人体皮肤时，导温件2可以供人体制冷降温，散热件5将热量散发于主体部11外；通过隔热件70位于导温件2和散热件5之间，且隔热件70避让调温件4与导温件2热传导连接的部位设置，使得隔热件70的设置不仅不会影响调温件4与导温件2的热传导连接，而且还可以避免散热件5散发出的热量辐射于导温件2而导致导温件2的温度升高的情况发生，确保导温件2的冷量不会受到散热件5散发出的热量影响，使得导温件2能够充分将冷量传递于人体，进而提升便携式调温装置对人体制冷降温的能力。
需要说明的是，本申请中“热传导连接”是指两个物体间可以直接接触以形成热量或冷量的传递，或者间接接触以形成热量或冷量的传递，例如可以通过导热硅脂/硅胶等中间导热介质进行间接接触以形成热量或冷量的传递。
可以理解地，调温件4制热时向导温件2传递热量、同时向散热件5传递冷量，以使得导温件2贴合人体皮肤时，导温件2可以供人体制热取暖，散热件5将冷量散发于主体部11外，此时仍然可以通过隔热件70隔绝导温件2和散热件5之间的能量传递。
在本实施例中，隔热件70设有让位口75，调温件4穿设与让位口75并与导温件2热传导连接，由于导温件2朝向调温件4一侧的面积比调温件4朝向导温件2一侧的面积大，且导温件2靠近散热件5的一侧只有部分表面与调温件4进行热传导连接，为避免导温件2靠近散热件5一侧的另一部分表面受到散热件5散发出热量辐射，隔热件70通过让位口75避让调温件4，隔热件70将导温件2靠近散热件5一侧的表面未与调温件4连接的部分进行遮挡覆盖，以阻断散热件5对导温件2进行热量传递的影响，确保导温件2尽可能将调温件4传递出的冷量传递于人体，以供人体降温散热。在另一实施例中，隔热件70设有让位口75，导温件2靠近散热件5的一侧凸设有凸台20，凸台20穿设于让位口75并与调温件4热传导连接，隔热件70对应导温件2靠近散热件5的表面设置，并避让凸台20设置。
如图105和图106所示，在本实施例中，隔热件70包括隔热层76和反射层77，反射层77设于隔热层76靠近散热件5的一侧，隔热层76可以有效阻隔散热件5散发出的热量传递于导温件2，而反射层77位于隔热层76靠近散热件5的一侧，使得散热件5散发出的热量向导温件2辐射时，反射层77可以将散热件5散发出的热量反射，以进一步提升隔热件70的隔热能力。
或者，反射层77设于隔热层76靠近导温件2的一侧，隔热层76可以避免散热件5散发出的热量传递于导温件2；而调温件4产生的冷量传递于导温件2时，导温件2的部分冷量会朝向反射层77散发，而反射层77可以将导温件2的部分冷量进行反射，使得导温件2散发出的冷量可以集中朝向人体皮肤传递，进而使得导温件2充分将冷量传递于人体，以供人体制冷降温。
再者，隔热层76靠近导温件2的一侧以及隔热层76靠近散热件5的一侧都设有反射层77。以进一步提升隔热件70的隔热效果，且确保导温件2尽可能将冷量传递于人体皮肤，以供人体制冷降温。
在本实施例中，隔热层76采用气凝胶层，气凝胶层位于导温件2和散热件5之间，且气凝胶层避让调温件4与导温件2热传导连接的部位设置，具体地，气凝胶层为纳米硅气凝胶层，纳米硅气凝胶孔径为20-50nm，纳米级孔径，小于空气分子的平均自由程，高达95％以上的孔隙率，密度可低至0.03g/ml以下可达到类真空的隔热效果，以使得导温件2的冷量尽可能的传递于人体。
在本实施例中，反射层77采用铝箔反射层，铝箔反射层位于导温件2和散热件5之间，且铝箔反射层避让调温件4与导温件2热传导连接的部位，具体地，铝箔反射层由铝箔贴面、聚乙烯薄膜、纤维编织物和金属涂膜通过热熔胶层压而成，铝箔反射层可以将辐射于铝箔反射层的热量或冷量进行反射，即散热件5向铝箔反射层进行热量辐射时，铝箔反射层将其热量反射回去，以使得散热件5的热量不会辐射到导温件2；以及导温件2向铝箔反射层进行冷量辐射时，铝箔反射层将其冷量反射回去，以使得导温件2的冷量可以集中朝向人体辐射以尽可能将冷量传递于人体。
在本实施例中，导温件2设为混合有石墨烯粉末的金属导温件，通过添加石墨烯粉末，可以进一步地提高导温件2的热传导效率。
如图107和图108所示，在第二十二实施例中，其与第二十一实施例相比：在本实施例中，便携式调温装置包括均温件78，均温件78位于隔热件70和导温件2之间，隔热件70可以包括隔热层76和反射层77中的至少一个。均温件78具体地为石墨烯层或者石墨层，均温件78覆盖于导温件2的靠近调温件4的一侧，当调温件4将冷传递于导温件2上时，均温件78可以快速将导温件2靠近调温件4附近的冷量快速在均温件78上发散开并传递于导温件2，进而使得导温件2各处的冷量比较均匀，导温件2与人体接触时，导温件2可以均匀将冷量传递于人体。其中，均温件78通过粘胶与导温件2连接，该粘胶为导热胶。
如图103至图108所示，在第二十一实施例和第二十二实施例中，导温件2设于主体部11的外表面，隔热件70位于主体部11的外表面与导温件2之间。导温件2与主体部11固定连接，导温件2将隔热件70夹持固定于主体部11。在其他的实施例中，隔热件70可以通过粘胶或卡接等方式与主体部11固定或者与导温件2固定。其中，当隔热件70 包括隔热层76和反射层77时，隔热层76通过粘胶与反射层77连接，或者，隔热层76和反射层77层叠设置，并被导温件2夹持固定于主体部11上。由于隔热件70位于主体部11和导温件2之间，隔热件70可以避免散热件5散发出的热量透过主体部11辐射于导温件2，且隔热件70可以避免导温件2将部分冷量传递于主体部11，确保导温件2的冷量不被主体部11消耗而保证冷量足够冰凉，使得导温件2尽可能的将冷量传递于人体，进而解决导温件2将冷量传递给人体时大打折扣的问题，也提升便携式调温装置对人体制冷散热的能力。
在其他实施例中，导温件2也可以设于主体部11的内表面，即导温件2位于主体部11内，并且导温件2的至少部分朝向主体部11外凸伸并且显露于主体部11外，隔热件70可以通过粘胶固定于导温件2靠近散热件5的一侧，而不需要被导温件2夹持固定于主体部11上。
进一步地，便携式调温装置可以是挂脖式空调、手持式空调、头戴式空调或者挂脖式空调等。下面以便携式调温装置为挂脖式空调进行描述，具体地，主体部11围设有穿戴空间10，导温件2位于主体部11靠近穿戴空间10的一侧，用户通过将便携式调温装置佩戴于脖颈上时，脖颈位于穿戴空间10内，且脖颈的皮肤与导温件2接触，即调温件4工作时，调温件4产生的冷量传递于导温件2，导温件2再将冷量传递于脖颈的皮肤。
进一步地。主体部11靠近佩戴腔21的一侧凹设有收容槽183，隔热件70和导温件2位于收容槽183内，从而降低便携式调温装置的整体厚度。具体地，导温件2与主体部11固定连接，并将隔热件70被夹持于收容槽183的槽底和导温件2之间。
如图103至图108所示，具体地，主体部11内部设有相互连通的安装腔184和容置腔，便携式调温装置还包括分隔件138和风机3，风机3设于安装腔184内，分隔件138设于容置腔内并将容置腔分隔出散热腔166和风道17，散热腔166和风道17都与安装腔184连通，散热件5设于散热腔166内，主体部11与穿戴空间10相邻的一侧设有出风口16，出风口16与风道17远离安装腔184的一端连通，主体部11背离穿戴空间10的一侧设有散热口118，散热口118与散热腔166远离安装腔184的一端连通，主体部11还设有与安装腔184连通的进风口15，即风机3在安装腔184内工作时，从进风口15吸入的气体在安装腔184内经过加速后形成气流并分别吹向散热腔166和风道17，经过散热腔166的气流可以携带散热件5散发出的热量由散热口118吹出，而经过风道17的气流由出风口16吹出。用户将便携式调温装置佩戴于脖颈上时，出风口16吹出的风可以吹向脸部等地方供人体降温，而导温件2将冷量传递于脖颈的皮肤，进一步加强对人体制冷降温的能力。
请一并参阅图109至图114所示，本申请第二十三实施例提供的一种出风调温效果好的便携式调温装置，其与第一实施例相比：在本实施例中，便携式调温装置包括臂部13，臂部13内设有风道17；传导件900，传导件900设置于风道17内，以将风道17至少分成第一风道17a和第二风道17b，第一风道17a和第二风道17b相连通，臂部13在对应第一风道17a的位置设有进风口15，臂部13在对应第二风道17b的位置设有出风口16；扇轮3，扇轮3设置于风道17内；调温件4，调温件4设置于臂部13内并与传导件900热传导连接。
需要说明的是，本申请中的“热传导连接”是指两个物体可以直接接触以形成热量的传递，或者间接接触以形成热量的传递，例如可以通过导热硅脂/硅胶，或者石墨等中间导热介质进行间接接触以形成热量的传递。
本申请实施例提供的便携式调温装置，通过调温件4对传导件900进行制冷或制热，并且通过传导件900以将风道17至少分成第一风道17a和第二风道17b，使得从进风口15流入的气流在流经第一风道17a和第二风道17b时都会与传导件900接触而被充分降温或加热，最终使得从出风口16吹出的气流更加凉爽或温热，以此使得便携式调温装置具有良好的调温效果。
调温件4优选地为半导体制冷片，调温件4通电时，其相对的两侧分别构成冷端和热端，根据电流的方向，冷端和热端可以相互切换。在需要制冷时，可以将调温件4的冷端与待调温的部件(例如传导件900)进行热传导连接，从而能够在气流分别流经第一风道17a和第二风道17b时都进行降温，使得从出风口16吹出的气流更加凉爽。反之，在需要制热时，可以将调温件4的热端与待调温的部件(例如传导件900)进行热传导连接，从而能够在气流分别流经第一风道17a和第二风道17b时都进行加热，使得从出风口16吹出的气流更加温热。
可选地，臂部13包括相互扣合安装的内壳体136和外壳体135，风道17形成于内壳体136和外壳体135之间。具体地，第一风道17a形成于外壳体135和传导件900之间，第一风道17a沿臂部13的长度方向延伸，进风口15设置于外壳体135的侧壁上。第二风道17b形成于内壳体136和传导件900之间，第二风道17b沿臂部13的长度方向延伸并位于第一风道17a的内侧，出风口16设置于内壳体136的顶壁上，可选地，出风口16包括并排设置的多个条形出风孔。
可选地，风道17还包括与第一风道17a相连通的散热风道175，臂部13在对应散热风道175的位置设有散热口118，具体地，散热口118设置于外壳体135的侧壁上，散热口118包括并排设置的多个条形散热孔。
可选地，外壳体135的内侧朝向第一风道17a延伸形成有第一转轴1353以及围绕第一转轴1353的外围设置的挤风件1354。具体地，挤风件1354设置于第一风道17a的一端内，挤风件1354的相对两端分别具有开口1355，其中一个开口1355朝向第一风道17a的另一端，另一个开口1355朝向散热风道175。
可选地，进风口15包括呈环形排布的多个进风孔，多个进风孔围绕第一转轴1353的外围设置并位于第一转轴1353和挤风件1354之间。
可选地，扇轮3包括第一扇轮3a，第一扇轮3a位于第一风道17a内并对应进风口15的位置设置，具体地，第一扇轮3a可转动安装于第一转轴1353上。优选地，第一扇轮3a为离心式扇轮，第一扇轮3a设置于第一风道17a靠近散热风道175的一端，第一扇轮3a的进风侧面向进风口15设置，第一扇轮3a的出风侧分别面向第一风道17a远离散 热风道175的另一端和散热风道175，第一扇轮3a将一部分的气流导入第一风道17a远离散热风道175的另一端，第一扇轮3a将另一部分的气流导入散热风道175内，从而将调温件4产生的热量从散热口118向外界散发。
可选地，外壳体135的内侧还形成有电池腔185，电池腔185形成于外壳体135和传导件900之间，电池腔185与散热风道175之间通过隔板186隔开，电池腔185内设置有电池510，电池510用于为扇轮3供电。
可选地，传导件900由导热材料，如金属材料制成。在本实施例中，传导件900由铝材料制成，以能够更好地将调温件4产生的冷能或热能传递至第一风道17a和第二风道17b内，提升调温效率。
可选地，传导件900上设有通风口910，第一风道17a和第二风道17b通过通风口910相连通。优选地，通风口910包括呈环形排布的多个通风孔，第二扇轮3b对应通风口910的位置设置，第二扇轮3b的进风侧面向通风口910设置，使得气流能够在第二扇轮3b的带动下从第一风道17a经由通风口910流入第二风道17b内。
在另一种实施例中，传导件900上也可以不设有通风口910，此时，风道17还包括过风风道，过风风道位于传导件900的一端，第一风道17a和第二风道17b位于传导件900的相对两侧，第一风道17a和第二风道17b通过过风风道相连通，扇轮3设置于过风风道内。
可选地，传导件900上还设有通孔920，通孔920面向散热口118设置。
可选地，第一风道17a沿臂部13的长度方向延伸设置，进风口15和通风口910分别设于第一风道17a的两端，使得进风口15和通风口910在沿臂部13的内外方向上错开设置，以此加长第一风道17a的长度，使得气流可以在第一风道17a内更加充分被降温或加热。当然，在其他实施例中，进风口15和通风口910也可以位于第一风道17a的同一端，此时，进风口15面向通风口910设置，第一扇轮3a位于进风口15和通风口910之间。
可选地，第一风道17a内还设置有电路板180，电路板180面向通风口910设置，电路板180分别与电池510、扇轮3和调温件4电性连接。具体地，电路板180上设置有开关键187、显示屏188和充电端189，外壳体135的侧壁上设有与开关键187配合的按键40以及用于显示显示屏188的显示窗49，按键40用于分别控制扇轮3和调温件4的启停和档位，显示屏188用于显示电池510的电量信息、扇轮3的档位信息以及调温件4的调温信息，外壳体135的底壁上设有供充电端189穿设的充电口540，充电端189用于与外部电源连接以为电池510充电。
可选地，待调温的部件还包括导温件2。在本实施例中，内壳体136的侧壁上设有第一安装口1365以及安装于第一安装口1365内的导温件2，导温件2外露于内壳体136的侧壁并与传导件900热传导连接，导温件2用于与用户的待调温部位接触，从而进行冰敷或热敷调温。
可选地，导温件2和传导件900相互扣合安装，第二风道17b形成于导温件2和传导件900之间，使得当气流流经第二风道17b时，导温件2和传导件900都能够对气流进行调温，以此提高对气流的调温效果。
可选地，导温件2由导热材料，如金属材料制成。在本实施例中，导温件2由铝材料制成，以能够更好地将调温件4产生的冷能或热能传递至用户的待调温部位，提升调温效率。
可选地，导温件2的内侧朝向第二风道17b延伸形成有第二转轴220，扇轮3包括第二扇轮3b，第二扇轮3b设置于第二风道17b内，具体地，第二扇轮3b可转动安装于第二转轴220上。优选地，第二扇轮3b为离心式扇轮。
在另一种实施例中，内壳体136的侧壁上也可以不设有导温件2。相应的，内壳体136的侧壁上可以也设有进风口15，进风口15包括呈环形排布的多个进风孔，多个进风孔围绕第二转轴220的外围设置，从而增加第二扇轮3b的进风量以提升风力，使得从出风口16吹出的气流更加强劲。
优选地，扇轮3包括第一扇轮3a和第二扇轮3b，第一扇轮3a将从进风口15进入的气流由第一风道17a的一端吹向第一风道17a的另一端，然后再经由第二扇轮3b将气流从通风口910吸入后再经由第二风道17b后从出风口16吹出，使得即使增加了第一风道17a和第二风道17b的长度后，气流还是能够顺利从进风口15进入后最终从出风口16吹出，并且气流可以在长度更长的第一风道17a和第二风道17b中被更加充分被降温或加热，确保从出风口16吹出的气流更加凉爽或温热。当然，在另一种实施例中，扇轮3也可以只包括第一扇轮3a或第二扇轮3b。
可选地，待调温的部件还包括导风件58，导风件58连接于导温件2的一侧。在本实施例中，导风件58设置于臂部13内并连接于导温件2的内侧，导风件58与调温件4热传导连接。优选地，导风件58的一侧和导温件2一体连接，导风件58的另一侧与传导件900的一侧接触。当然，导风件58和导温件2也可以是分体式结构并且相互安装固定连接。
可选地，传导件900、导温件2和导风件58共同围合形成第二风道17b，当气流流经第二风道17b时，传导件900、导温件2和导风件58都能对气流进行调温，以此可最大程度地提高对气流的调温效果。
可选地，导风件58包括相连接的弧形导风板581和导风片582，弧形导风板581围绕第二扇轮3b的外围设置，导风片582沿从弧形导风板581的一端朝出风口16的方向延伸设置。其中，弧形导风板581用于挤压第二扇轮3b产生的风力，使得气流能够更快速地流向导风片582以及避免气流回流。导风片582用于将气流引导至出风口16吹出。优选地，弧形导风板581和导风片582一体连接。
可选地，导温件2的内侧还形成有安装腔230，安装腔230和第二风道17b之间通过导风片582相隔开，调温件4收容于安装腔230内，调温件4与导温件2之间通过导热硅脂/硅胶进行间接接触以形成热量的传递，使得调温件4产生的冷量或热量不仅能够传导至导温件2上，还能通过导温件2间接地传导至传导件900和导风件58上。
在另一种实施例中，可选地，也可以是调温件4与传导件900之间通过导热硅脂/硅胶进行间接接触以形成热量的传递，或者是调温件4与导风件58之间通过导热硅脂/硅胶进行间接接触以形成热量的传递，同样也能够实现将调温 件4产生的冷量或热量传导至导温件2、传导件900和导风件58上，即实现导温件2、传导件900和导风件58分别与调温件4热传导连接。
可选地，臂部13内还设有散热件5，调温件4夹设于散热件5和导温件2之间，散热件5的一部分收容于安装腔230内并与调温件4热传导连接，散热件5的另一部分穿过通孔920后进入散热风道175内，以将调温件4产生的热量快速扩散到散热风道175内。优选地，散热件5与调温件4之间通过导热硅脂/硅胶进行间接接触以形成热量的传递。
可选地，便携式调温装置可以是挂脖式空调、挂腰式空调、或者手持式空调等。在本实施例中，便携式调温装置为挂脖式空调。便携式调温装置包括两个臂部13以及将两个臂部13连接的弹性复位件8，两个臂部13在外力作用下可以朝相对远离的方向运动使弹性复位件8发生形变，方便用户将便携式调温装置佩戴在人体的脖颈上，且当便携式调温装置佩戴在人体的脖颈后，撤销施加在两个臂部13上的外力时，可通过弹性复位件8自动弹性复位而使得两个臂部13的内侧壁上的导温件2都能与人体的脖颈保持相贴合，从而为人体的脖颈进行冰敷或热敷调温。当便携式调温装置佩戴在用户的脖颈时，两个臂部13的出风口16可以朝向人体的头部方向出风，也可以朝向人体的背部出风。
请一并参阅图115至图120所示，为本申请第二十四实施例所提供的便携式调温装置，其与上述第二十三实施例中相同的结构请参考上述第二十三实施例的相关描述，本实施例不做重复描述，其与上述第二十三实施例相比：在本实施例中，待调温的部件还包括连接件145，连接件145位于第一风道17a内并贴靠于外壳体135的内侧，连接件145的相对两端分别与传导件900的顶壁和底壁一体连接，连接件145远离导温件2的一侧与调温件4的一侧热传导连接。优选地，连接件145与调温件4之间通过导热硅脂/硅胶进行间接接触以形成热量的传递。相应地，外壳体135的侧壁上设有供调温件4穿设的第二安装口1356。散热件5安装固定于外壳体135的侧壁上并与调温件4的另一侧热传导连接，换句话说，散热件5的一侧与调温件4热传导连接，散热件5的另一侧显露于外壳体135的侧壁外。优选地，散热件5与调温件4之间通过导热硅脂/硅胶进行间接接触以形成热量的传递。臂部13还包括盖板192，盖板192遮盖散热件5并与外壳体135的侧壁安装固定，盖板192朝向外壳体135的一侧形成有沿外壳体135的长度方向延伸的散热通道193，散热件5收容于散热通道193内，散热件5将调温件4产生的热量快速扩散到散热通道193内，并从散热通道193的两端向外散发。在其他实施例中，臂部13的侧壁上设有开口，散热件5设置于开口内并显露于臂部13外，或者散热件5设置于臂部13内并通过开口显露于臂部13外，相应地，臂部13可以不设有盖板192，同样可以通过散热件5将调温件4产生的热量快速扩散到臂部13外。
请一并参阅图121至图125所示，为本申请第二十五实施例所提供的便携式调温装置，其与上述第二十三实施例相比：
在本实施例中，风道17还包括过风风道17c和散热风道175，扇轮3设置于过风风道17c内，过风风道17c分别与第一风道17a、第二风道17b和散热风道175相连通，第二风道17b和散热风道175连接于过风风道17c的同一端，臂部13在对应散热风道175的位置设有散热口118，散热风道175内设置有散热件5，散热件5将调温件4产生的热量快速扩散到散热风道175内。
可选地，臂部13内还设有分隔件138，分隔件138包括第一分隔部1382以及连接于第一分隔部1382一侧的第二分隔部1384。具体地，第二分隔部1384一体连接于第一分隔部1382的外侧。
可选地，第一分隔部1382位于第二风道17b和散热风道175之间并隔开第二风道17b和散热风道175，使得分别进入第二风道17b和散热风道175内的气流互不影响。第二分隔部1384位于传导件900和散热风道175之间并隔开传导件900和散热风道175，避免进入散热风道175内的气流会影响传导件900的导温效果。具体地，第二风道17b和散热风道175分别位于第一分隔部1382的上下两侧，散热风道175和传导件900位于第二分隔部1384的内外两侧。
可选地，第二分隔部1384上设有安装口1386，安装口1386贯穿第二分隔部1384的内外两侧，调温件4安装于安装口1386，调温件4的内外两侧分别与传导件900和散热件5热传导连接。
可选地，传导件900朝向第一风道17a内延伸形成有多个第一导温部930，相邻两个第一导温部930之间形成有第一导风通道940，以进一步增加气流与传导件900的接触面积，使得气流可以更加充分被降温或加热。具体地，第一导温部930呈平板状并沿臂部13的长度方向延伸，多个第一导温部930相互平行设置。优选地，每一个第一导温部930包括第一部分932、第二部分934和第三部分936，第二部分934连接于第一部分932和第三部分936之间。在沿臂部13的内外方向上，第二部分934的尺寸大于第一部分932的尺寸以及第三部分936的尺寸，第二部分934连接于臂部13的外侧壁，第一部分932对应进风口15的位置设置，第一部分932与臂部13的外侧壁之间形成有第一连通通道950，第三部分936对应通风口910的位置设置，第三部分936与臂部13的外侧壁之间形成有第二连通通道280，如此设置，不仅使得气流能够顺利从进风口15经由第一连通通道950进入每一个第一导风通道940中，而且还使得在未设置有通风口910的第一导风通道940内的气流能够通过第二连通通道960顺利流入到设置有通风口910的第一导风通道940内，并从通风口910进入第二风道17b内。当然，在另一种实施例中，第一导温部930还可以是圆柱状或者其他形状。
可选地，传导件900朝向第二风道17b内延伸形成有多个第二导温部970，相邻两个第二导温部970之间形成有第二导风通道980，以进一步增加气流与传导件900的接触面积，使得气流可以更加充分被降温或加热。具体地，第二导温部970呈弧状并朝向出风口16延伸设置，多个第二导温部970相互平行设置。当然，在另一种实施例中，第二导温部970还可以是圆柱状或者其他形状。
在另一种实施例中，可选地，传导件900也可以仅设置有多个第一导温部930或者多个第二导温部970。
优选地，便携式调温装置对应每一个扇轮3设置有两个传导件900、两个调温件4、两个分隔件138和两个散热件5。具体地，散热风道175形成于两个分隔件138上的两个第二分隔部1384之间，两个散热件5相互连接并且位于散 热风道175内。两个分隔件138上的两个第一分隔部1382相互连接，以共同隔开第二风道173和散热风道175，外壳体135在对应散热风道175的位置设置有散热口118。每一个第二分隔部1384设有一个安装口1386，两个调温件4分别安装于两个安装口1386。其中一个传导件900与外壳体135之间形成一个第一风道17a，另一个传导件900与内壳体136之间形成另一个第一风道17a，外壳体135和内壳体136分别在对应第一风道17a的位置设置进风口15。两个传导件900之间共同形成过风风道17c和第二风道17b，扇轮3设置于过风风道17c内，两个传导件900上的多个第二导温部970相互连接并且位于第二风道17b内，形成于其中一个传导件900上的第二导风通道980与形成于另一个传导件900上的第二导风通道980相连通，外壳体135和内壳体136分别在对应第二风道17b的位置设置有出风口16。

Claims (10)

  1. 一种便携式调温装置，界定出一个穿戴空间，其特征在于，所述便携式调温装置包括主体部、设在所述主体部上的凸出部以及至少部分设在所述凸出部上的导温件，所述主体部包括第一侧，所述凸出部设在所述第一侧并朝远离所述第一侧的方向延伸凸出。
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的便携式调温装置，其特征在于，所述导温件包括设在所述凸出部朝向所述穿戴空间一侧的第一部分，所述第一部分延伸至所述凸出部远离所述主体部的一侧。
  3. 根据权利要求2所述的便携式调温装置，其特征在于，所述导温件包括设在所述主体部朝向所述穿戴空间一侧的第二部分，所述第一部分和所述第二部分是分体的或一体的。
  4. 根据权利要求2所述的便携式调温装置，其特征在于，所述凸出部远离所述主体部的一侧上设有背部出风口，所述第一部分避开所述背部出风口设置或所述第一部分上设有与所述背部出风口对应的通孔。
  5. 根据权利要求3所述的便携式调温装置，其特征在于，所述主体部包括与所述第一侧相对的第二侧，所述第二部分延伸至所述第二侧。
  6. 根据权利要求3所述的便携式调温装置，其特征在于，所述主体部包括基部、设于基部两端的两个臂部，所述基部与两个所述臂部共同界定出所述穿戴空间，所述导温件包括设在所述臂部朝向所述穿戴空间一侧的第三部分，所述第二部分与所述第三部分是分体的或一体的。
  7. 根据权利要求6所述的便携式调温装置，其特征在于，所述主体部包括与所述第一侧相对的第二侧，所述臂部包括第三侧和第四侧，所述第三侧与所述第一侧在同一侧，所述第四侧与所述第二侧在同一侧，所述第三部分延伸至第三侧和/或第四侧。
  8. 根据权利要求1所述的便携式调温装置，其特征在于，所述凸出部远离所述主体部的外轮廓为弧形结构，所述弧形结构具有从远离穿戴空间的一边向靠近穿戴空间的一边倾斜的斜面。
  9. 根据权利要求1-8任意一项所述的便携式调温装置，其特征在于，所述便携式调温装置包括设在所述主体部或所述凸出部上并用于制冷和/或制热的调温件，所述导温件与所述调温件热传导接触，传导所述调温件的温度。
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的便携式调温装置，其特征在于，所述便携式调温装置包括设在所述主体部或所述凸出部中的风机以及设在所述主体部或所述凸出部中的散热件，所述散热件与所述调温件热传导接触，所述主体部或所述凸出部背离所述穿戴空间的一侧设有散热口，所述风机的风经过所述散热件从所述散热口吹出。
PCT/CN2023/112110 2022-08-12 2023-08-10 便携式调温装置 WO2024032685A1 (zh)

Applications Claiming Priority (28)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202222135020.2 2022-08-12
CN202222135020.2U CN218030749U (zh) 2022-08-12 2022-08-12 风扇调速电路及便携式调速风扇
CN202222148501.7U CN218269378U (zh) 2022-06-14 2022-08-15 出风调温效果好的便携式空调
CN202222148501.7 2022-08-15
CN202222217831.7U CN218269381U (zh) 2022-08-22 2022-08-22 多功能便携调温装置
CN202222217831.7 2022-08-22
CN202222986166.8 2022-11-08
CN202222986166.8U CN218817096U (zh) 2022-11-08 2022-11-08 小型离心叶轮、离心风机和便携式电子设备
CN202223238968.7 2022-12-01
CN202223239202.0 2022-12-01
CN202223238970.4 2022-12-01
CN202223238970.4U CN219012919U (zh) 2022-12-01 2022-12-01 可背部吹风的穿戴调温装置
CN202223238968.7U CN218993561U (zh) 2022-12-01 2022-12-01 温度传导式的穿戴调温装置
CN202223239202.0U CN219432077U (zh) 2022-12-01 2022-12-01 挂脖式调温装置
CN202223287219.3U CN219012969U (zh) 2022-12-07 2022-12-07 小型离心叶轮和便携式风扇
CN202223287219.3 2022-12-07
CN202223426607.5U CN219120802U (zh) 2022-12-19 2022-12-19 半导体制冷器和穿戴式调温装置
CN202223426607.5 2022-12-19
CN202320180946.5U CN219628191U (zh) 2023-01-18 2023-01-18 便携式调温装置
CN202320180946.5 2023-01-18
CN202320234673 2023-02-06
CN202320234673.8 2023-02-06
CN202320543047.7U CN219433401U (zh) 2023-03-08 2023-03-08 便携式空调
CN202320543047.7 2023-03-08
CN202320779420.9U CN220757540U (zh) 2023-03-30 2023-03-30 便携式调温装置
CN202320779420.9 2023-03-30
CN202320761221.5 2023-04-03
CN202320761221.5U CN219865519U (zh) 2023-04-03 2023-04-03 风扇组件和便携式风扇

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024032685A1 true WO2024032685A1 (zh) 2024-02-15

Family

ID=89850920

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/112110 WO2024032685A1 (zh) 2022-08-12 2023-08-10 便携式调温装置

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024032685A1 (zh)

Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN212536132U (zh) * 2020-05-25 2021-02-12 深圳市链一科技有限公司 一种脖戴风扇
JP6852140B1 (ja) * 2019-11-12 2021-03-31 株式会社東亜産業 首掛け型機器
CN213209309U (zh) * 2020-10-29 2021-05-14 深圳市蓝禾技术有限公司 挂脖式调温装置
JP2021080593A (ja) * 2019-11-17 2021-05-27 株式会社クワンズ 冷却装置
CN113279989A (zh) * 2021-07-13 2021-08-20 深圳市几素科技有限公司 挂脖式调温装置
CN215860873U (zh) * 2021-07-23 2022-02-18 深圳市锐舞数码科技有限公司 挂脖风扇
CN216908308U (zh) * 2021-11-15 2022-07-08 深圳市蓝禾技术有限公司 便携式调温装置
CN216922579U (zh) * 2022-02-24 2022-07-08 深圳市锐舞数码科技有限公司 脖戴调温装置
CN218993561U (zh) * 2022-12-01 2023-05-09 深圳市锐新数码科技有限公司 温度传导式的穿戴调温装置
CN219012919U (zh) * 2022-12-01 2023-05-12 深圳市锐新数码科技有限公司 可背部吹风的穿戴调温装置

Patent Citations (10)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP6852140B1 (ja) * 2019-11-12 2021-03-31 株式会社東亜産業 首掛け型機器
JP2021080593A (ja) * 2019-11-17 2021-05-27 株式会社クワンズ 冷却装置
CN212536132U (zh) * 2020-05-25 2021-02-12 深圳市链一科技有限公司 一种脖戴风扇
CN213209309U (zh) * 2020-10-29 2021-05-14 深圳市蓝禾技术有限公司 挂脖式调温装置
CN113279989A (zh) * 2021-07-13 2021-08-20 深圳市几素科技有限公司 挂脖式调温装置
CN215860873U (zh) * 2021-07-23 2022-02-18 深圳市锐舞数码科技有限公司 挂脖风扇
CN216908308U (zh) * 2021-11-15 2022-07-08 深圳市蓝禾技术有限公司 便携式调温装置
CN216922579U (zh) * 2022-02-24 2022-07-08 深圳市锐舞数码科技有限公司 脖戴调温装置
CN218993561U (zh) * 2022-12-01 2023-05-09 深圳市锐新数码科技有限公司 温度传导式的穿戴调温装置
CN219012919U (zh) * 2022-12-01 2023-05-12 深圳市锐新数码科技有限公司 可背部吹风的穿戴调温装置

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20240077082A1 (en) Centrifugal fan, neck fan, and vortex shell assembly
TWI761804B (zh) 電池操作之吹風機
CN212536132U (zh) 一种脖戴风扇
CN113932320B (zh) 便携穿戴式空调
WO2024032685A1 (zh) 便携式调温装置
WO2022048653A1 (zh) 便携调温装置
CN213450915U (zh) 挂脖式风扇
CN213655197U (zh) 便携风扇
KR101948041B1 (ko) 열전소자를 이용한 선풍기의 냉기 공급기
CN216114463U (zh) 便携穿戴式空调
CN214371062U (zh) 一种挂脖冷暖仪
CN216114462U (zh) 便携穿戴式空调
WO2022143708A1 (zh) 挂脖调温装置
CN214409725U (zh) 挂脖调温装置
CN211269027U (zh) 一种具备发光功能的半空心型电吹风
WO2021129225A1 (zh) 吹风机及可拆卸件
WO2023083261A1 (zh) 便携穿戴式空调
CN219868208U (zh) 便携式调温设备
CN219299570U (zh) 一种挂脖风扇
CN112654222A (zh) 一种移动终端散热装置及移动终端散热组件
CN213931256U (zh) 一种脖戴调温装置
CN217152341U (zh) 挂脖调温装置
CN214043771U (zh) 电池及电吹风
WO2023030268A1 (zh) 便携式挂脖空调
CN215486743U (zh) 便携式风扇

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23851906

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1